Das PDF

CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE
SECTION
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEM
DAS B
E
CONTENTS
ADAS CONTROL UNIT DTC Logic ................................................................58 F
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................58
PRECAUTION .............................................. 12
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ........................... 59
G
PRECAUTIONS ..................................................12 Description ...............................................................59
Precautions For Harness Repair ............................. 12 DTC Logic ................................................................59
Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................59
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 13 H
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ......................... 60
COMPONENT PARTS .......................................13 Description ...............................................................60
Component Parts Location ...................................... 13 DTC Logic ................................................................60 I
Component Description ........................................... 13 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................60
SYSTEM .............................................................14 U150F AV CAN 3 .............................................. 61
System Description ................................................. 14 DTC Logic ................................................................61 J
Fail-safe .................................................................. 18 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................61
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 62
K
UNIT) ..................................................................20 Diagnosis Procedure ...............................................62
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 20
CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) ........................ 21 REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............... 63
L
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 31 ADAS CONTROL UNIT .................................... 63
Removal and Installation .........................................63
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ......................................31 DCA M
Reference Value ..................................................... 31
Fail-safe .................................................................. 36 PRECAUTION .............................................. 64
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 37
DTC Index ............................................................... 38 PRECAUTIONS ................................................. 64 N
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
WIRING DIAGRAM ...................................... 42 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" .................................................................64 DAS
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ....................42 Precautions For Harness Repair .............................64
Wiring Diagram ....................................................... 42 DCA System Service ...............................................65
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ......................... 57 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ............................. 66 P
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT .....................................57 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 66
DTC Logic ............................................................... 57 Component Parts Location ......................................66
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................... 57 Component Description ...........................................67
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 SYSTEM ............................................................ 68
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ............................58 System Description ..................................................68
Revision: 2010 May DAS-1 2011 QX56

Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ................................. 72 ACTION TEST .................................................. 128
Fail-safe (ICC Sensor) ............................................ 72 Description ............................................................ 128
Work Procedure .................................................... 128
OPERATION ...................................................... 73
Switch Name and Function ..................................... 73 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 129
Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch ............. 73
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ................................... 129
HANDLING PRECAUTION ................................ 76 DTC Logic ............................................................. 129
Precautions for Distance Control Assist ................. 76 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 129
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02
UNIT) .................................................................. 78 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ........................... 130
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................. 78 DTC Logic ............................................................. 130
CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) ....................... 79 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 130
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR) .............. 89 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................. 131
CONSULT-III Function (LASER) ............................ 89 DTC Logic ............................................................. 131
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 131
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ACCELERATOR
PEDAL ACTUATOR) ......................................... 91 C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM ...................... 133
CONSULT-III Function (ACCELERATOR PEDAL DTC Logic ............................................................. 133
ACT) ....................................................................... 91 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 133
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION .............. 93 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW .............. 134
DTC Logic ............................................................. 134
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ..................................... 93 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 134
Reference Value ..................................................... 93 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) .......... 137
Fail-safe .................................................................. 98 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 137
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................. 99
DTC Index .............................................................100 C1A06 OPERATION SW .................................. 138
DTC Logic ............................................................. 138
ICC SENSOR ................................................... 104 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 138
Reference Value ....................................................104 Component Inspection .......................................... 139
Fail-safe .................................................................105
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................105 C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER .............. 140
DTC Index .............................................................105 DTC Logic ............................................................. 140
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR ........... 107
Reference Value ....................................................107 C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY ............................ 141
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................108 DTC Logic ............................................................. 141
DTC Index .............................................................108 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 141
Component Inspection .......................................... 146
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 109
C1A14 ECM ...................................................... 147
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ................. 109 DTC Logic ............................................................. 147
Wiring Diagram ......................................................109 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 147
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 124 C1A15 GEAR POSITION ................................. 148
Description ............................................................ 148
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 124 DTC Logic ............................................................. 148
Work Flow ..............................................................124 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 148
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING C1A16 RADAR STAIN ..................................... 150
ICC SENSOR ................................................... 126 DTC Logic ............................................................. 150
Description .............................................................126 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 150
Work Procedure .....................................................126
C1A17 ICC SENSOR ........................................ 151
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING DTC Logic ............................................................. 151
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY ............ 127 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 151
Description .............................................................127
Work Procedure .....................................................127 C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP ....................... 152
DTC Logic ............................................................. 152

Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 152 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Log-
ic ............................................................................ 166 A
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ................................ 153 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis
DTC Logic ............................................................. 153 Procedure .............................................................. 167
C1F02 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR. 168 B
C1A24 NP RANGE ........................................... 154
DTC Logic ............................................................. 154 ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 168
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 154 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 168 C
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 168
C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION ............... 156
DTC Logic ............................................................. 156 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .................... 168
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 156 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Log- D
ic ............................................................................ 168
C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ......... 157 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis
DTC Logic ............................................................. 157 Procedure .............................................................. 168 E
C1F03 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR. 170
C1A2A ICC SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIR- DTC Logic .............................................................. 170
CUIT .................................................................. 158 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 170 F
DTC Logic ............................................................. 158
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 158 C1F05 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT ............................ 171 G
C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR ........... 159
DTC Logic ............................................................. 159 ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 159 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 171
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 171 H
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR ............................. 160
DTC Logic ............................................................. 160 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR .................... 171
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 160 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Log-
I
ic ............................................................................ 171
C1A35 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR.. 161 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis
DTC Logic ............................................................. 161 Procedure .............................................................. 172
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 161 J
C1F06 CAN CIRCUIT2 .................................... 173
C1A36 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR DTC Logic .............................................................. 173
CAN COMM ...................................................... 162 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 173 K
DTC Logic ............................................................. 162
C1F07 CAN CIRCUIT1 .................................... 174
DTC Logic .............................................................. 174
C1A37 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 174 L
CAN 2 ............................................................... 163
U0121 VDC CAN 2 .......................................... 175
DTC Logic ............................................................. 163
DTC Logic .............................................................. 175
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 163 M
C1A38 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR
U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1 ............................... 176
CAN 1 ............................................................... 164 DTC Logic .............................................................. 176 N
DTC Logic ............................................................. 164
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN 1 ........................... 177
C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 165 DTC Logic .............................................................. 177 DAS
DTC Logic ............................................................. 165
U0401 ECM CAN 1 ......................................... 178 P
C1F01 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR.. 166 DTC Logic .............................................................. 178
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 166 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 178
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 166
U0402 TCM CAN 1 .......................................... 179
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 166
DTC Logic .............................................................. 179
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR ................... 166 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 179
U0415 VDC CAN 1 .......................................... 180

DTC Logic ..............................................................180 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 191
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................180
U1515 ICC SENSOR CAN 3 ............................ 192
U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2 ................................ 181 DTC Logic ............................................................. 192
U1517 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT .......................... 182 CAN 3 ............................................................... 193
DTC Logic ............................................................. 193
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ...........................................182 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 193
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description ....................182
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .....................182 U1520 4WD CAN 3 ........................................... 194
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .....182 DTC Logic ............................................................. 194
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR ....................182
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Descrip- POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 195
tion .........................................................................182
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Log- ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 195
ic ............................................................................182 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 195
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR ................... 195
Procedure ..............................................................183
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 184 Procedure ............................................................. 195
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ...........................................184 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 197

ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description ....................184
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .....................184 DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .....184 SYMPTOMS ...................................................... 197
Symptom Table ..................................................... 197
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR ....................184
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Descrip- SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH
tion .........................................................................184 DOES NOT TURN OFF .................................... 198
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Log- Description ............................................................ 198
ic ............................................................................184 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 198
Procedure ..............................................................184 DCA SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE
TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVIGATION
U150B ECM CAN 3 ......................................... 185 SCREEN ........................................................... 200
DTC Logic ..............................................................185 Description ............................................................ 200
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................185 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 200
U150C VDC CAN 3 .......................................... 186 DCA SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED (SWITCH IS
DTC Logic ..............................................................186 ON) .................................................................... 201
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................186 Description ............................................................ 201
U150D TCM CAN 3 .......................................... 187
DTC Logic ..............................................................187 CHIME DOES NOT SOUND ............................. 203
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................187 Description ............................................................ 203
U150E BCM CAN 3 ......................................... 188
DTC Logic ..............................................................188 NO FORCE GENERATED FOR PUTTING
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................188 BACK THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL .............. 205
U1502 ICC SENSOR CAN COMM CIRC ........ 189 Description ............................................................ 205
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................189 FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHI-
U1513 METER CAN 3 ..................................... 190 CLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS SHORT.. 206
DTC Logic ..............................................................190 Description ............................................................ 206
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................190 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 206
U1514 STRG SEN CAN 3 ................................ 191 THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VE-
DTC Logic ..............................................................191 HICLE AHEAD AT ALL .................................... 208

Description ............................................................ 208 DTC Index ............................................................. 249
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 208 A
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 251
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 210
Description ............................................................ 210 DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ................. 251
Wiring Diagram ...................................................... 251 B
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION ............. 212
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 266
ICC SENSOR .................................................... 212 C
Exploded View ...................................................... 212 DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ..... 266
Removal and Installation ....................................... 212 Work Flow .............................................................. 266
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY ............ 213 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 268 D

Exploded View ...................................................... 213
FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM
DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH .. 214 SYMPTOMS .................................................... 268
E
Exploded View ...................................................... 214 Symptom Table ..................................................... 268
FCW
FCW SYSTEM IS NOT ACTIVATED .............. 269
PRECAUTION ............................................ 215 Description ............................................................. 269 F
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 215
Precaution for FCW System Service ..................... 215 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............. 270
Description ............................................................. 270 G
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 216
COMPONENT PARTS ..................................... 216 H
Component Parts Location .................................... 216 WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH ...................... 271
Component Description ......................................... 216 Removal and Installation ....................................... 271
LDW & LDP
SYSTEM ........................................................... 218 I
System Description ............................................... 218 PRECAUTION ............................................ 272
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ............................... 219
Fail-safe (ICC Sensor) .......................................... 220 PRECAUTIONS ............................................... 272 J
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
OPERATION ..................................................... 221 (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
Switch Name and Function ................................... 221 SIONER" ............................................................... 272
K
Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch ............ 221 Precautions For Harness Repair ........................... 272
Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service ............. 273
HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 223
Precautions for Forward Collision Warning ........... 223 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION ........................... 274 L
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 274

UNIT) ................................................................ 224
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM .. 274 M
On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 224
CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) ...................... 225 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM
: Component Parts Location .................................. 274
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR) ............ 235 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM N
CONSULT-III Function (LASER) ........................... 235 : Component Description ....................................... 274
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 237 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS-
TEM .......................................................................... 275 DAS
ADAS CONTROL UNIT .................................... 237 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS-
Reference Value ................................................... 237 TEM : Component Parts Location ......................... 275
Fail-safe ................................................................ 242 LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- P
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 243 TEM : Component Description .............................. 276
DTC Index ............................................................. 244
SYSTEM .......................................................... 277
ICC SENSOR .................................................... 248
Reference Value ................................................... 248 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM .. 277
Fail-safe ................................................................ 249 LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 249 : System Description .............................................. 277

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ....... 332
: Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ..............................279 Work Flow ............................................................. 332
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM Diagnostic Work Sheet ......................................... 333
: Fail-safe (Lane Camera Unit) ..............................280
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS .............. 335
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- Inspection Procedure ............................................ 335
TEM ..........................................................................280
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- ACTION TEST .................................................. 336
TEM : System Description .....................................280 Description ............................................................ 336
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- Inspection Procedure ............................................ 336
TEM : Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) .....................283
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING
TEM : Fail-safe (Lane Camera Unit) ......................284 LANE CAMERA UNIT ...................................... 339
Description ............................................................ 339
OPERATION .................................................... 285 Work Procedure .................................................... 339
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM ..285 CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT ................... 340
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM Description ............................................................ 340
: Switch Name and Function ..................................285 Work Procedure (Preparation) .............................. 340
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM Work Procedure (Target Setting) .......................... 341
: Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch ..........285 Work Procedure (Camera Aiming Adjustment) ..... 342
Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) ................ 343
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS-
TEM ..........................................................................286 DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 345
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS-
TEM : Switch Name and Function .........................286 C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ................................... 345
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYS- DTC Logic ............................................................. 345
TEM : Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch .. 286 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 345
HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 288 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02

Precautions for Lane Departure Warning/Lane POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 ........................... 346
Departure Prevention ............................................288 DTC Logic ............................................................. 346
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL
UNIT) ................................................................ 290 C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................. 347
On Board Diagnosis Function ................................290 DTC Logic ............................................................. 347
CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) ......................291 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 347
DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM ...................... 348

UNIT) ................................................................ 301 DTC Logic ............................................................. 348
CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA) .............301 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 348
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............. 303 C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW .............. 349
DTC Logic ............................................................. 349
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ................................... 303 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 349
Reference Value ....................................................303 Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) .......... 352
Fail-safe .................................................................308 Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) .......... 352
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................309
DTC Index .............................................................310 C1A06 OPERATION SW .................................. 353
DTC Logic ............................................................. 353
LANE CAMERA UNIT ..................................... 314 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 353
Reference Value ....................................................314 Component Inspection .......................................... 354
Fail-safe .................................................................315
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ................................316 C1A14 ECM ...................................................... 355
DTC Index .............................................................316 DTC Logic ............................................................. 355
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 317
C1A15 GEAR POSITION ................................. 356
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS ................. 317 Description ............................................................ 356
Wiring Diagram ......................................................317 DTC Logic ............................................................. 356
BASIC INSPECTION .................................. 332

C1A24 NP RANGE ........................................... 358 DTC Logic .............................................................. 372
DTC Logic ............................................................. 358 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 372 A
U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2 ............................... 373
C1A50 ADAS CONTROL UNIT ....................... 360 DTC Logic .............................................................. 373
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 373 B
DTC Logic ............................................................. 360
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 374
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF .......................... 361 C
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 374
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 361 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description .................... 374
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 361 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 374
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 361 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 374 D
LANE CAMERA UNIT ............................................. 361 LANE CAMERA UNIT .............................................. 374
LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic ....................... 361 LANE CAMERA UNIT : Description ...................... 374
E
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 361 LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic ....................... 374
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 375
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP ........................... 363
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 376 F
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 363 ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 376
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 363 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description .................... 376
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 376 G
LANE CAMERA UNIT ............................................. 363 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 376
LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic ....................... 363
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 364 LANE CAMERA UNIT .............................................. 376 H
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Description ...................... 376
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT .................... 365 LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic ....................... 376
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 376
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 365 I
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic .................... 365 U150B ECM CAN 3 ......................................... 377
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 365 DTC Logic .............................................................. 377
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 377 J
LANE CAMERA UNIT ............................................. 365
LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic ....................... 365 U150C VDC CAN 3 ......................................... 378
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure ....... 365 DTC Logic .............................................................. 378
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 378 K
U0104 ADAS CAN 1 ........................................ 366
DTC Logic ............................................................. 366 U150D TCM CAN 3 ......................................... 379
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 366 DTC Logic .............................................................. 379 L
U0121 VDC CAN 2 ........................................... 367 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 379
DTC Logic ............................................................. 367 U150E BCM CAN 3 ......................................... 380
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 367 DTC Logic .............................................................. 380 M
U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1 ................................ 368 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 380
DTC Logic ............................................................. 368 U1500 CAM CAN 2 ......................................... 381
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 368 N
DTC Logic .............................................................. 381
U0401 ECM CAN 1 ........................................... 369 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 381
DTC Logic ............................................................. 369 U1501 CAM CAN 1 ......................................... 382 DAS
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 369 DTC Logic .............................................................. 382
U0402 TCM CAN 1 ........................................... 370 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 382
DTC Logic ............................................................. 370 U1512 HVAC CAN 3 ....................................... 383 P
U0405 ADAS CAN 2 ........................................ 371 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 383
DTC Logic ............................................................. 371 U1513 METER CAN 3 ..................................... 384
U0415 VDC CAN 1 ........................................... 372 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 384

U1516 CAM CAN 3 .......................................... 385 LANE CAMERA UNIT ...................................... 403
DTC Logic ..............................................................385 Removal and Installation ....................................... 403
WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH ....................... 404
U1520 4WD CAN 3 .......................................... 386 Removal and Installation ....................................... 404
DTC Logic ..............................................................386
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................386 DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH .. 405
Exploded View ...................................................... 405
POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT ... 387
WARNING BUZZER ......................................... 406
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ...........................................387 Removal and Installation ....................................... 406
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .....387 BSW
LANE CAMERA UNIT ..............................................387 PRECAUTION ........................................... 407
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .......387
PRECAUTIONS ................................................ 407
WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH CIRCUIT ....... 389 Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System
Component Function Check ..................................389
(SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT PRE-TEN-
SIONER" ............................................................... 407
Component Inspection ...........................................390
Precaution for BSW System Service .................... 407
WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR CIR-
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION .......................... 408
CUIT ................................................................. 391
Component Function Check ..................................391 COMPONENT PARTS ...................................... 408
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................391 Component Parts Location ................................... 408
Component Inspection ...........................................392 Component Description ........................................ 409
WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT ......................... 393 SYSTEM ........................................................... 410
Component Function Check ..................................393 System Description ............................................... 410
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................393 Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) ............................... 413
Fail-safe (Side Radar) ........................................... 414
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 395
OPERATION ..................................................... 415
LDW & LDP SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ................ 395 Switch Name and Function ................................... 415
Symptom Table .....................................................395 System Display and Warning ................................ 415
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LAMP DOES HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 417
NOT TURNED ON ........................................... 397 Precautions for Blind Spot Warning ...................... 417
Description .............................................................397
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................397 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL
UNIT) ................................................................. 418
LDP ON INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT On Board Diagnosis Function ............................... 418
TURNED ON .................................................... 398 CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) ..................... 419
Description .............................................................398
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................398 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH) ....... 429
CONSULT-III Function (SIDE RADAR LEFT) ....... 429
THE SYSTEM OPERATES EVEN WHEN US-
ING TURN SIGNAL ......................................... 399 DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH) ...... 431
Description .............................................................399 CONSULT-III Function (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) .... 431
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION ............ 433
LDP SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE
TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVIGATION ADAS CONTROL UNIT .................................... 433
SCREEN .......................................................... 400 Reference Value ................................................... 433
Fail-safe ................................................................ 438
Description .............................................................400
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 439
DTC Index ............................................................. 440
NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION .............. 401
Description .............................................................401
SIDE RADAR LH .............................................. 444
Reference Value ................................................... 444
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION .............. 403 Fail-safe ................................................................ 444
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 445

DTC Index ............................................................. 445 C1B51 BSW/BSI INDICATOR SHORT CIR-
CUIT ................................................................ 479 A
SIDE RADAR RH ............................................. 446 DTC Logic .............................................................. 479
Reference Value ................................................... 446
Fail-safe ................................................................ 446
DTC Inspection Priority Chart ............................... 447 B
C1B52 BSW/BSI INDICATOR OPEN CIR-
DTC Index ............................................................. 447 CUIT ................................................................ 480
DTC Logic .............................................................. 480
WIRING DIAGRAM .................................... 448 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 480 C
DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS .................. 448 C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION. 482
Wiring Diagram ..................................................... 448 DTC Logic .............................................................. 482 D
BASIC INSPECTION ................................. 463 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 482
DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW ...... 463 C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION . 483
DTC Logic .............................................................. 483 E
Work Flow ............................................................. 463
PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS .............. 466
Inspection Procedure ............................................ 466
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE .......................... 484 F
DTC Logic .............................................................. 484
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 484
SIDE RADAR .................................................... 467
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ......................... 485 G
Description ............................................................ 467
Work Procedure .................................................... 467 SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 485
SIDE RADAR LH : Description .............................. 485
ACTION TEST .................................................. 468 SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic ............................... 485
H
Description ............................................................ 468 SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 485
Work Procedure .................................................... 468
SIDE RADAR RH ..................................................... 485 I
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS ....................... 470 SIDE RADAR RH : Description ............................. 485
SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Logic .............................. 486
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ................................... 470
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 486
DTC Logic ............................................................. 470 J
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 470 ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 486
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description .................... 486
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 486 K
POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2 .......................... 471 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 486
DTC Logic ............................................................. 471
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 471 U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ....................... 488
L
C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR ................. 472 SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 488
DTC Logic ............................................................. 472 SIDE RADAR LH : Description .............................. 488
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 472 SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic ............................... 488 M
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure ............... 488
C1A15 GEAR POSITION ................................. 473
Description ............................................................ 473 SIDE RADAR RH ..................................................... 488
DTC Logic ............................................................. 473 SIDE RADAR RH : Description ............................. 488 N
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 473 SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Logic .............................. 488
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 488
C1A24 NP RANGE ........................................... 475
ADAS CONTROL UNIT ........................................... 488 DAS
DTC Logic ............................................................. 475
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 475 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description .................... 488
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic ..................... 489
C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR .............. 477 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 489 P
DTC Logic ............................................................. 477
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 477 U0104 ADAS CAN 1 ....................................... 490
DTC Logic .............................................................. 490
C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION ............ 478 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 490
DTC LOGIC ........................................................... 478
Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 478 U0121 VDC CAN 2 .......................................... 491
DTC Logic .............................................................. 491

Diagnosis Procedure .............................................491 DTC Logic ............................................................. 507
U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1 ................................ 492
DTC Logic ..............................................................492 U1513 METER CAN 3 ...................................... 508
U0401 ECM CAN 1 .......................................... 493
DTC Logic ..............................................................493 U1514 STRG SEN CAN 3 ................................ 509
U0402 TCM CAN 1 .......................................... 494
DTC Logic ..............................................................494 U1518 SIDE RDR L CAN 3 .............................. 510
U0405 ADAS CAN 2 ........................................ 495
DTC Logic ..............................................................495 U1519 SIDE RDR R CAN 3 .............................. 511
U0415 VDC CAN 1 .......................................... 496
DTC Logic ..............................................................496 POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT .... 512
U0428 STRG SEN CAN 2 ................................ 497 ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure .... 512
DTC Logic ..............................................................497
SIDE RADAR LH ..................................................... 512
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure .............. 512
U150B ECM CAN 3 ......................................... 498
SIDE RADAR RH .................................................... 513
DTC Logic ..............................................................498
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure ............. 513
RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT.. 514
U150C VDC CAN 3 .......................................... 499
DTC Logic ..............................................................499
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................499 WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH CIRCUIT ........ 515
Component Function Check ................................. 515
U150D TCM CAN 3 .......................................... 500
DTC Logic ..............................................................500
Component Inspection .......................................... 516
WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR CIR-
U150E BCM CAN 3 ......................................... 501
DTC Logic ..............................................................501
CUIT .................................................................. 517
U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2 .............................. 502 Component Inspection .......................................... 518
DTC Logic ..............................................................502
WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT ......................... 519
U1504 SIDE RDR L CAN 1 .............................. 503 Diagnosis Procedure ............................................. 519
DTC Logic ..............................................................503
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................503 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 521
U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2 ............................. 504 BSW SYSTEM SYMPTOMS ............................ 521
DTC Logic ..............................................................504 Symptom Table ..................................................... 521
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................504 NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION ............... 522
U1506 SIDE RDR R CAN 1 ............................. 505 Description ............................................................ 522
DTC Logic ..............................................................505
SIDE RADAR .................................................... 523
U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R) ................. 506
Removal and Installation ....................................... 523
DTC Logic ..............................................................506
Diagnosis Procedure .............................................506 BSW INDICATOR ............................................. 525
Removal and Installation ....................................... 525
U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L) ................. 507

WARNING BUZZER ......................................... 526 WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH ...................... 527
Removal and Installation ....................................... 526 Removal and Installation ....................................... 527 A
DAS

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precautions For Harness Repair INFOID:0000000006223469
ITS communication uses a twisted pair line. Be careful when repairing it.
• Solder the repaired area and wrap tape around the soldered area.
NOTE:
A fray of twisted lines must be within 110 mm (4.33 in).
SKIB8766E
• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

NOTE:
Bypass connection may cause ITS communication error. The
spliced wire becomes separated and the characteristics of twisted
line are lost.
SKIB8767E

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION A
COMPONENT PARTS
Component Parts Location INFOID:0000000006223470
B
JSOIA0269ZZ
G
1. ADAS control unit

A. Inside of luggage side finisher lower H
(LH)
Component Description INFOID:0000000006223471

I
Component Description
J
• Controls each system, based on ITS communication signals received from the ICC sensor, the
accelerator pedal actuator, the lane camera unit, and the side radar LH/RH and CAN communi-
ADAS control unit
cation signals received from each control unit
• Transmits signals necessary for control between CAN communication and ITS communication K
DAS

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
System Description INFOID:0000000006223472
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0373GB
ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Input Signal Item

SYSTEM
Transmit unit Signal name Description A

Closed throttle position signal Receives idle position state (ON/OFF)
Accelerator pedal position signal Receives accelerator pedal position (angle)
Receives an operable/inoperable state of the ICC sys-
B
ICC prohibition signal
tem
Main switch signal
C
SET/COAST switch
signal
CANCEL switch sig-
nal D
CAN com- ICC steering switch Receives the operational state of the ICC steering
RESUME/ACCEL-
ECM munica- signal switch
ERATE switch signal
tion
E
DISTANCE switch
signal
Dynamic driver as-
sistance switch sig- F
nal
Engine speed signal Receives engine speed
Stop lamp switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal G
ICC brake switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal
Snow mode signal Receives an operational state of the snow mode
H
Input speed signal Receives the number of revolutions of input shaft
CAN com- Current gear position signal Receives a current gear position
TCM munica-
tion Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position I
Output shaft revolution signal Receives the number of revolutions of output shaft
ABS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of ABS
J
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS
ABS warning lamp signal Receives an ON/OFF state of ABS warning lamp
TCS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of TCS K
TCS operation signal Receives an operational state of TCS
ABS actuator CAN com- VDC OFF switch signal Receives an ON/OFF state of VDC
and electric unit munica- L
(control unit) tion VDC malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of VDC
VDC operation signal Receives an operational state of VDC
Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels M
Stop lamp switch signal Receives an operational state of the brake pedal
Yaw rate signal Receives yaw rate acting on the vehicle
Side G sensor signal Receives lateral G acting on the vehicle
N
CAN com-
Combination
munica- Parking brake switch signal Receives an operational state of the parking brake
meter DAS
tion
Front wiper request signal Receives an operational state of front wiper(s)
CAN com-
Receives an operational state of the turn signal lamp
BCM munica- Turn indicator signal P
and the hazard lamp
tion
Dimmer signal Receives ON/OFF state of dimmer signal
Steering angle sensor malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of steering angle sensor
CAN com-
Steering angle Receives the number of revolutions, turning direction of
munica- Steering angle sensor signal
sensor the steering wheel
tion
Steering angle speed signal Receives the turning angle speed of the steering wheel

SYSTEM
Transmit unit Signal name Description
CAN com-
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver Assis-
AV control unit munica- System selection signal
tance” selected with the navigation system
tion
CAN com-
A/C auto amp. munica- Ambient temperature signal Receives ambient temperature signal
tion
CAN com-
Transfer control
munica- Current 4WD mode signal Receives a mode selection state of the 4WD shift switch
unit
tion
ITS com-
Receives detection results, such as the presence or ab-
ICC sensor munica- ICC sensor signal
sence of a vehicle ahead and distance from the vehicle
tion
ITS com-
Lane camera
munica- Detected lane condition signal Receives detection results of lane marker
unit
tion
ITS com-
Accelerator Accelerator pedal actuator operation status Receives an operational state of accelerator pedal ac-
munica-
pedal actuator signal tuator
tion
ITS com-
Side radar LH,
munica- Vehicle detection signal Receives vehicle detection condition of detection zone
RH
tion
IBA OFF switch IBA OFF switch signal Receives an ON/OFF state of the IBA OFF switch
Warning sys- Receives an ON/OFF state of the warning systems
Warning systems switch signal
tems switch switch
Output Signal Item
Reception unit Signal name Description

CAN commu- Transmits an ICC operation signal necessary for intel-
ECM ICC operation signal
nication ligent cruise control
CAN commu- Transmits an ICC operation signal necessary for intel-
TCM ICC operation signal
nication ligent cruise control via ECM
ABS actuator Transmits a brake fluid pressure control signal to acti-

Brake fluid pressure control signal
and electric CAN commu- vates the brake
unit (control nication Transmits a target yaw moment signal to generate
unit) Target yaw moment signal
yaw moment to the vehicle

SYSTEM
A
Own vehicle indicator
signal
Vehicle ahead detec-
tion indicator signal B
Set vehicle speed indi-
cator signal
Meter display Set distance indicator Transmits a signal to display a state of the system on C
signal signal the information display
SET switch indicator
signal D
MAIN switch indicator
signal
DCA system switch in- E
dicator signal
Transmits a BSW warning lamp signal to turn ON the
Combination CAN commu- BSW warning lamp signal
BSW warning lamp F
meter nication
Transmits an LDP ON indicator lamp signal to turn ON
LDP ON indicator lamp signal
the LDP ON indicator lamp
Transmits an lane departure warning lamp signal to G
Lane departure warning lamp signal
turn ON the lane departure warning lamp
Transmits an ICC warning lamp signal to turn ON the
ICC warning lamp signal
ICC system warning lamp H
• Transmits a signal to turn ON the IBA OFF indicator
lamp
IBA OFF indicator lamp signal
• Transmits an ON/OFF state of the intelligent brake
assist
I
Transmits a buzzer output signal to turn ON the buzz-

er of the following systems:
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) J
Buzzer output signal
• Distance Control Assist (DCA)
• Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
• Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
K
Transmits a vehicle speed calculated by the ADAS
Vehicle speed signal
ITS commu- control unit
ICC sensor
nication Transmits a steering angle sensor signal received
Steering angle sensor signal L
from the steering angle sensor
Lane camera ITS commu- Vehicle speed signal
control unit
unit nication M
Turn indicator signal Transmits a turn indicator signal received from BCM
Transmits an accelerator pedal angle calculated by
Accelerator pedal position signal
Accelerator ITS commu- the ADAS control unit
N
pedal actuator nication Accelerator pedal feedback force control Transmits a target reaction force value calculated by
signal the ADAS control unit
Vehicle speed signal DAS
control unit
Side radar LH, ITS commu- Transmits a BSW indicator signal to turn ON the BSW
BSW indicator signal
RH nication indicator
P
Transmits a BSW indicator dimmer signal to dimmer
BSW indicator dimmer signal
BSW indicator
ICC brake hold Activates the brake hold relay and turns ON the stop
ICC brake hold relay drive signal
relay lamp

SYSTEM
Activates the warning buzzer of the following systems:
Warning buzz- • Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
Warning buzzer signal
er • Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
• Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
Warning sys-
tems ON indi- Warning systems ON indicator signal Turns ON the warning systems ON indicator
cator
DESCRIPTION
• ADAS* control unit controls the following systems, based on ITS communication signals from the ICC sen-
sor, the accelerator pedal actuator, the lane camera unit and side radar LH/RH and a CAN communication
signal from each control unit.
NOTE:
*: Advanced Driver Assistance Systems
- Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
- Distance Control Assist (DCA)
- Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
- Brake Assist (with preview function)
- Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
- Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
- Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
System Reference
Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC) CCS-12, "System Description"
Distance Control Assist (DCA) DAS-68, "System Description"
BRC-152, "INTELLIGENT BRAKE ASSIST : System De-
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
scription"
BRC-145, "BRAKE ASSIST (WITH PREVIEW FUNCTION)
Brake Assist (with preview function)
: System Description"
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) DAS-218, "System Description"
• LDW: DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
SYSTEM : System Description"
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
• LDP: DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION
(LDP) SYSTEM : System Description"
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) DAS-410, "System Description"
Fail-safe INFOID:0000000006223473
If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON
the warning lamp or indicator lamp.
System Buzzer Warning lamp/Indicator lamp Description

High-pitched
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ICC system warning lamp Cancel
tone
High-pitched
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode ICC system warning lamp Cancel
tone
High-pitched
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) IBA OFF indicator lamp Cancel
tone
High-pitched
Forward Collision Warning (FCW) IBA OFF indicator lamp Cancel
tone
High-pitched
Distance Control Assist (DCA) ICC system warning lamp Cancel
tone
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) — Lane departure warning lamp Cancel

SYSTEM
A
Low-pitched
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) Lane departure warning lamp Cancel
tone
Blind Spot Warning (BSW) — BSW warning lamp Cancel
B
DAS

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL UNIT)
On Board Diagnosis Function INFOID:0000000006223474
DESCRIPTION
The DTC is displayed on the information display by operating the ICC steering switch.
On Board Self-diagnosis System Diagram
JSOIA0271GB
METHOD OF STARTING
CAUTION:
Start condition of on board self-diagnosis
• ICC system OFF
• DCA system OFF
• Vehicle speed 0 km/h (0 MPH)
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF.
2. Start the engine.
3. Wait for 5 seconds after starting the engine. Push up the
RESUME/ACCELERATE switch 5 times and push down the
SET/COAST switch 5 times within 10 seconds.
NOTE:
If the above operation cannot be performed within 10 seconds
after waiting for 5 seconds after starting the engine, repeat the
procedure from step 1.
PKIB8371E
4. The DTC is displayed on the set vehicle speed indicator (1) on the ICC system display on the information
display when the on board self-diagnosis starts. Refer to DAS-38, "DTC Index".
JSOIA0008GB
NOTE:

• It displays for up to 5 minutes and then stops.
• If multiple malfunctions exist, up to 6 DTCs can be stored in memory at the most, and the most recent A
one is displayed first.
WHEN THE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS DOES NOT START
If the on board self-diagnosis does not start, check the following items. B
Assumed abnormal part Inspection item

Check that the self-diagnosis function of the combina- C
Information display Combination meter malfunction tion meter operates. Refer to MWI-29, "On Board Diag-
nosis Function"
ICC steering switch malfunction D
Perform the inspection for DTC“C1A06”. Refer to CCS-
Harness malfunction between ICC steering switch and ECM
94, "Diagnosis Procedure"
ECM malfunction
E
• Check power supply and ground circuit of ADAS con-
trol unit. Refer to DAS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
ADAS control unit malfunction • Perform SELF-DIAGNOSIS for “ICC/ADAS”with
CONSULT-III, and then check the malfunctioning F
parts. Refer to DAS-38, "DTC Index".
HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS

1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. G
2. Start the engine, and then start the on board self-diagnosis.
3. Press the CANCEL switch 5 times, and then press the DIS-
H
TANCE switch 5 times under the condition that the on board
self-diagnosis starts.
NOTE:
• Complete the operation within 10 seconds after pressing the I
CANCEL switch first.
• If the operation is not completed within 10 seconds, repeat the
procedure from step 1. J
4. DTC 55 is displayed after erasing.
NOTE:
DTCs for existing malfunction can not be erased. PKIB8373E
K
5. Turn ignition switch OFF, and finish the diagnosis.
CONSULT-III Function (ICC/ADAS) INFOID:0000000006223475
L
APPLICATION ITEMS
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication using ADAS control unit.
M
Diagnosis mode Description
Work Support Displays causes of automatic system cancellation occurred during system control
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the name of a malfunctioning system stored in the ADAS control unit N
Data Monitor Displays ADAS control unit input/output data in real time
Enables an operational check of a load by transmitting a driving signal from the ADAS control unit to
Active Test
the load
DAS
Ecu Identification Displays ADAS control unit part number
CAN Diag Support Monitor Displays a reception/transmission state of CAN communication and ITS communication
P
WORK SUPPORT

Work support items Description

Displays causes of automatic system cancellation occurred during control of the following sys-
tems
CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL 1 • Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
Displays causes of automatic system cancellation occurred during control of the Lane Depar-
CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL 2
ture Prevention (LDP) system
NOTE:
• Causes of the maximum five cancellations (system cancel) are displayed.
• The displayed cancellation causes display the number of the ignition switch ON/OFF up to 254. It is fixed to
254 if it is over 254. It returns to 0 when the same cancellation cause is detected again.
Display Items for The Cause of Automatic Cancellation 1
Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
Distance Control Assist
Cause of cancellation Description
The wiper operates at HI (it includes when the wiper is operated at

OPERATING WIPER ×
HI with the wiper switch AUTO position)
OPERATING ABS × × ABS function was operated
OPERATING TCS × × × TCS function was operated
OPERATING VDC × × × VDC function was operated
ECM CIRCUIT × × ECM did not permit ICC operation
OPE SW VOLT CIRC × × × The ICC steering switch input voltage is not within standard range
LASER SUNBEAM × × Intense light such as sunlight entered ICC sensor light sensing part
LASER TEMP × × Temperature around ICC sensor became low
SNOW MODE SW × × SNOW mode switch was pressed
OP SW DOUBLE
× × ICC steering switches were pressed at the same time
TOUCH
Vehicle speed lower than the speed as follows
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is 24 km/h (15 MPH)
VHCL SPD DOWN × × ×
• Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is 32 km/h (20
MPH)
WHL SPD ELEC NOISE × × × Wheel speed sensor signal caught electromagnetic noise
VDC/TCS OFF SW × × VDC OFF switch was pressed
VHCL SPD UNMATCH × × × Wheel speed became different from A/T vehicle speed
TIRE SLIP × × Wheel slipped
IGN LOW VOLT × × × Decrease in ADAS control unit IGN voltage
PARKING BRAKE ON × × The parking brake is operating
WHEEL SPD UNMATCH × × × The wheel speeds of 4 wheels are out of the specified values

A vehicle ahead is not detected during the following driving when
INCHING LOST ×
the vehicle speed is approximately 24 km/h (15 MPH) or less A
ADAS control unit received an abnormal signal with CAN commu-
CAN COMM ERROR × × ×
nication
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC × × × An abnormal condition occurs in VDC/TCS/ABS system B
ECD CIRCUIT × × × An abnormal condition occurs in ECD system
ASCD VHCL SPD DTAC × Vehicle speed is detached from set vehicle speed
C
ASCD DOUBLE COMD × Cancel switch and operation switch are detected simultaneously
The accelerator pedal actuator integrated motor temperature is
APA HI TEMP ×
high
D
ICC SENSOR CAN Communication error between ADAS control unit and the ICC sen-
× ×
COMM ERR sor
4WD LOCK MODE × × × Shifting of the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4L E
ABS WARNING LAMP × × ABS warning lamp ON
NO RECORD × × × —
F

G
OPE VDC/TCS/ABS 1 The activation of VDC, TCS, or ABS during LDP system control
Vehicle dynamics Vehicle behavior exceeds specified value
Steering speed Steering speed was more than the specified value in evasive direction H
End by yaw angle Yaw angle was the end of LDP control
Departure yaw large Detected more than the specified value of yaw angle in departure direction
I
ICC WARNING Target approach warning of ICC system, IBA system or FCW system was activated
CURVATURE Road curve was more than the specified value
Steering angle large Steering angle was more than the specified value J
Brake is operated Brake pedal was operated
IGN LOW VOLT Decrease in ADAS control unit IGN voltage
Lateral offset Distance of vehicle and lane was detached in lateral direction more than the specified value K
Lane marker lost Lane camera unit lost the trace of lane marker
Lane marker unclear Detected lane marker was unclear
L
Yaw acceleration Detected yawing speed was more than the specified value
Deceleration large Deceleration in a longitudinal direction was more than the specified value
Accel is operated Accelerator pedal was depressed M
Departure steering Steering wheel was steered more than the specified value in departure direction
Evasive steering Steering wheel was steered more than the specified value in the evasive direction
N
R range Selector lever was operated to R range
Parking brake drift Rear wheels lock was detected
Not operating condition Did not meet the operating condition (vehicle speed, turn signal operation, etc) DAS
SNOW MODE SW SNOW mode switch was pressed
VDC OFF SW VDC OFF switch was pressed
P
OPE VDC/ABS 2 The activation of VDC or ABS during a standby time of LDP system control
4WD LOCK MODE Shifting of the 4WD shift switch to 4H or 4L
NO RECORD —
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Refer to DAS-38, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
MAIN SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
× × × ×
[On/Off] mits ICC steering switch signal through CAN communication)
SET/COAST SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
× ×
CANCEL SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
× ×
RESUME/ACC SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
× ×
DISTANCE SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
×
CRUISE OPE
× × Indicates whether controlling or not (ON means “controlling”)
[On/Off]
BRAKE SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC brake switch signal (ECM transmits
× × × ×
[On/Off] ICC brake switch signal through CAN communication)
STOP LAMP SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from stop lamp switch signal (ECM transmits
× × × ×
[On/Off] stop lamp switch signal through CAN communication)
IDLE SW Indicates [On/Off] status of idle switch read from ADAS control unit through CAN
×
[On/Off] communication (ECM transmits On/Off status through CAN communication)
SET DISTANCE
× × Indicates set distance memorized in ADAS control unit
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
× × Indicates [On/Off] status of MAIN switch indicator output
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL
× Indicates [On/Off] status of own vehicle indicator output
[On/Off]
VHCL AHEAD
× Indicates [On/Off] status of vehicle ahead detection indicator output
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
× Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC system warning lamp output
[On/Off]
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from ADAS control unit through CAN commu-
VHCL SPEED SE
× × × × nication [ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits vehicle speed sig-
[km/h] or [mph]
nal (wheel speed) through CAN communication]
SET VHCL SPD
× × Indicates set vehicle speed memorized in ADAS control unit
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
× Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC warning chime output
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
[deg] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored
ENGINE RPM Indicates engine speed read from ADAS control unit through CAN communication
×
[rpm] (ECM transmits engine speed signal through CAN communication)
WIPER SW Indicates wiper [OFF/LOW/HIGH] status (BCM transmits front wiper request sig-
×
[OFF/LOW/HIGH] nal through CAN communication)
YAW RATE NOTE:
×
[deg/s] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored
BA WARNING
× Indicates [On/Off] status of IBA OFF indicator lamp output
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
× × Indicates [On/Off] status of ICC brake hold relay drive output
[On/Off]
Indicates [On/Off] status of “D” or “M” positions read from ADAS control unit
D RANGE SW
× through CAN communication; ON when position “D” or “M” (TCM transmits shift
[On/Off]
position signal through CAN communication).

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
NP RANGE SW Indicates shift position signal read from ADAS control unit through CAN commu- B
×
[On/Off] nication (TCM transmits shift position signal through CAN communication)
Parking brake switch status [On/Off] judged from the parking brake switch signal
PKB SW
× that ADAS control unit readout via CAN communication is displayed (Combination C
[On/Off]
meter transmits the parking brake switch signal via CAN communication)
PWR SUP MONI
× × Indicates IGN voltage input by ADAS control unit
[V] D
Indicates vehicle speed calculated from A/T vehicle speed sensor read from
VHCL SPD AT
× ADAS control unit through CAN communication (TCM transmits A/T vehicle speed
[km/h] or [mph]
sensor signal through CAN communication)
E
Indicates throttle position read from ADAS control unit through CAN communica-
THRTL OPENING
× × tion (ECM transmits accelerator pedal position signal through CAN communica-
[%]
tion).
GEAR Indicates A/T gear position read from ADAS control unit through CAN communi-
F
×
[1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7] cation (TCM transmits current gear position signal through CAN communication)
MODE SIG Indicates the active mode from ICC or ASCD [conventional (fixed speed) cruise
× G
[OFF, ICC, ASCD] control mode]
SET DISP IND
× Indicates [On/Off] status of SET switch indicator output
[On/Off]
DISTANCE H
× Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
× Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead
[m/s] I
DYNA ASIST SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from ICC steering switch signal (ECM trans-
× × ×
DCA ON IND J
× The status [ON/OFF] of DCA system switch indicator output is displayed
[On/Off]
DCA VHL AHED The status [ON/OFF] of vehicle ahead detection indicator output in DCA system
×
[On/Off] is displayed K
IBA SW
× × Indicates [On/Off] status of IBA OFF switch
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON L
× × Indicates [On/Off] status of FCW system
[On/Off]
Accelerator pedal actuator integrated motor temperature that the ADAS control
APA TEMP
× unit readout via ITS communication is displayed (Accelerator pedal actuator trans- M
[°C]
mits the integrated motor temperature via ITS communication)
Accelerator pedal actuator power supply voltage that the ADAS control unit read-
APA PWR
× out via ITS communication is displayed (Accelerator pedal actuator transmits the
[V]
power supply voltage via ITS communication)
N
LDW SYSTEM ON
× Indicates [On/Off] status of LDW system
[On/Off]
DAS
LDW ON LAMP
× Indicates [On/Off] status of waning systems ON indicator output
[On/Off]
LDP ON IND
× Indicates [On/Off] status of LDP ON indicator lamp (Green) output P
[On/Off]
LANE DPRT W/L
× Indicates [On/Off] status of lane departure warning lamp (Yellow) output
[On/Off]
LDW BUZER OUT-
PUT × Indicates [On/Off] status of warning buzzer output
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LDP SYSTEM ON
× Indicates [On/Off] status of LDP system
[On/Off]
WARN REQ
× Indicates an ADAS control unit judged warning state (ON/OFF) of LDP system
[On/Off]
READY signal
× Indicates LDP system settings
[On/Off]
Indicates a lane marker detection state judged from a lane marker detection signal
Camera lost
× × read by the ADAS control unit via ITS communication
[Detect/Deviate/Both]
(Lane camera unit transmits a lane marker signal via ITS communication)
Shift position
Indicates shift position read from ADAS control unit through CAN communication
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - × ×
(TCM transmits shift position signal through CAN communication)
7]
Indicates turn signal operation status read from ADAS control unit through CAN
Turn signal
× × communication (BCM transmits turn indicator signal through CAN communica-
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion)
Indicates lateral G acting on the vehicle. This lateral G is judged from a side G
SIDE G sensor signal read by ADAS control unit via CAN communication
× ×
[G] (The ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits a side G sensor signal
via CAN communication)
STATUS signal
[Stnby/Warn/Cancl/ × Indicates a control state of LDP system
Off]
Indicates an ON/OFF state of the lane marker. The ON/OFF state is judged from
a detected lane condition signal read by the ADAS control unit via ITS communi-
Lane unclear
× × cation
[On/Off]
(The lane camera unit transmits a detected lane condition signal via ITS commu-
nication)
Indicates systems which can be set to ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance”
FUNC ITEM
× × × × ⇒ “Dynamic Assistance Settings” of the navigation system
[FUNC1]
FUNC1: Distance Control Assist (DCA), Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) NOTE:
× × × ×
[Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored
FUNC ITEM (NV-
NOTE:
DCA) × × × ×
The item is displayed, but it is not monitored
[Off]
Indicates an ON/OFF state of the DCA system. The DCA system can be set to
DCA SELECT
× × × × ON/OFF by selecting “Driver Assistance” ⇒ “Dynamic Assistance Settings” of the
[On/Off]
navigation system
Indicates an ON/OFF state of LDP system. LDP system can be set to ON/OFF by
LDP SELECT
× × × × selecting “Driver Assistance” ⇒ “Dynamic Assistance Settings” of the navigation
[On/Off]
system
BSI SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
[On/Off] The item is displayed, but it is not monitored
NAVI ICC SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
NAVI DCA SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
SYS SELECTABILITY Indicates the availability of ON/OFF switching for “Driver Assistance” items re-
× × × ×
[On/Off] ceived from the AV control unit via CAN communication
WARN SYS SW
× × × × Indicates [On/Off] status of warning systems switch
[On/Off]
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
× Indicates [On/Off] status of BSW warning lamp output
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW SYSTEM ON B
× Indicates [On/Off] status of BSW system
[On/Off]
4WD SW Indicates [On/Off] status as judged from current 4WD mode signal (Transfer con-
× × ×
[AUTO, 4H, 4L] trol unit transmits current 4WD mode signal through CAN communication) C
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
• Never perform “Active Test” while driving the vehicle. D
• The “Active Test” cannot be performed when the following systems warning lamp is illuminated.
- ICC system warning lamp
- Lane departure warning lamp E
- BSW warning lamp
- IBA OFF indicator lamp (IBA system ON)
• Shift the selector lever to “P” position, and then perform the test.
F
Test item Description
The ICC system warning lamp, MAIN switch indicator and IBA OFF indicator lamp can be illuminated
METER LAMP G
by ON/OFF operations as necessary
The ICC brake hold relay can be operated by ON/OFF operations as necessary, and the stop lamp
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated
H
Sounds a buzzer used for following systems by arbitrarily operating ON/OFF
• Intelligent Cruise Control (ICC)
ICC BUZZER • Distance Control Assist (DCA)
• Forward Collision Warning (FCW) I
BRAKE ACTUATOR Activates the brake by an arbitrary operation
Active Pedal The accelerator pedal actuator can be operated as necessary J
DCA INDICATOR The DCA system switch indicator can be illuminated by ON/OFF operations as necessary
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW) K
LDP BUZZER
• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)
The warning systems ON indicator (on warning systems switch) can be illuminated by ON/OFF op- L
WARNING SYSTEM IND
erations as necessary
LDP ON IND The LDP ON indicator lamp can be illuminated by ON/OFF operations as necessary
LANE DEPARTURE W/L The lane departure warning lamp can be illuminated by ON/OFF operations as necessary M
BSW/BSI WARNING LAMP The BSW warning lamp can be illuminated by ON/OFF operations as necessary
METER LAMP N
NOTE:
The test can be performed only when the engine is running.
DAS

• MAIN switch indicator

Oper-
Test item Description • ICC system warning lamp
ation
• IBA OFF indicator lamp
Stops sending the following signals to exit from the test
• Meter display signal
Off OFF
• ICC warning lamp signal
• IBA OFF indicator lamp signal
METER LAMP Transmits the following signals to the combination meter via
CAN communication
On • Meter display signal ON
STOP LAMP
Oper-
Test item Description Stop lamp
ation
Stops transmitting the ICC brake hold relay drive signal be-
Off OFF
STOP LAMP low to end the test
On Transmits the ICC brake hold relay drive signal ON
ICC BUZZER
ICC warning chime operation

Test item Operation Description
sound
Transmits the buzzer output signals to the combination
MODE1 Intermittent beep sound
meter via CAN communication
Test start Starts the tests of “MODE1” —
ICC BUZZER
Stops transmitting the buzzer output signal below to end
Reset —
the test
End Returns to the “SELECT TEST ITEM” screen —
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:
Test item Operation Description “PRESS SENS” value

MODE1 10 bar
Transmits the brake fluid pressure control signal to the
MODE2 ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN 20 bar
communication
MODE3 30 bar
BRAKE ACTUATOR Test start Starts the tests of “MODE1”, “MODE2” and “MODE3” —
Stops transmitting the brake fluid pressure control signal
Reset —
below to end the test
NOTE:
The test is finished in 10 seconds after starting
PKIB1767J

Active Pedal
CAUTION: A
• Never depress the accelerator pedal excessively. (The engine speed may rise unexpectedly when
finishing the test.)
B
NOTE:
• Depress the accelerator pedal to check when performing the test.
• The test can be performed only when the engine is running.
C
Test item Operation Description Accelerator pedal operation
Constant with a force of 25 N
MODE1
for 8 seconds D
MODE2
Transmit the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal for 8 seconds
to the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communication. Change up to a force of 25 N for E
MODE3
8 seconds
Active Pedal Change up to a force of 15 N for
MODE4
8 seconds F
Starts the tests of “MODE1”, “MODE2”, “MODE3” and
Test start —
“MODE4”
Reset
Stops transmitting the accelerator pedal feedback force
—
G
control signal below to end the test.
NOTE: H
K
JPOIA0061GB
DCA INDICATOR
NOTE: L
Test item
Opera-
Description DCA system switch indicator
M
tion
Stops transmitting the DCA system switch indicator signal be-
Off —
low to end the test N
DCA INDICATOR
Transmits the DCA system switch indicator signal to the com-
On ON
bination meter via CAN communication
LDP BUZZER DAS
Opera-
Test item Description Warning buzzer
tion P
Stops transmitting the warning buzzer signal below to end the
Off —
LDP BUZZER test
On Transmits the warning buzzer signal to the warning buzzer ON
WARNING SYSTEM IND

Oper-
Test item Description Warning systems ON indicator
ation
Stops transmitting the warning systems ON indicator signal
Off —
WARNING SYSTEM below to end the test
IND Transmits the warning systems ON indicator signal to the
On ON
warning systems ON indicator
LDP ON IND
Oper-
Test item Description LDP ON indicator lamp (Green)
ation
Stops transmitting the LDP ON indicator lamp signal be-
Off —
low to end the test
LDP ON IND
Transmits the LDP ON indicator lamp signal to the com-
On ON
LANE DEPARTURE W/L
Oper-
Test item Description Lane departure warning lamp (Yellow)
ation
Stops transmitting the lane departure warning lamp sig-
Off —
LANE DEPARTURE nal below to end the test
W/L Transmits the lane departure warning lamp signal to the
On ON
combination meter via CAN communication
BSW/BSI WARNING LAMP
Oper-
Test item Description BSW warning lamp
ation
Stops transmitting the BSW warning lamp signal below
Off —
BSW/BSI WARNING to end the test
LAMP Transmits the BSW warning lamp signal to the combina-
On ON
tion meter via CAN communication

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION A

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Reference Value INFOID:0000000006223476
B
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL

C
Monitor item Condition Value/Status
When MAIN switch is pressed On
MAIN SW Ignition switch ON
When MAIN switch is not pressed Off D
When SET/COAST switch is pressed On
SET/COAST SW Ignition switch ON
When SET/COAST switch is not pressed Off
E
When CANCEL switch is pressed On
CANCEL SW Ignition switch ON
When CANCEL switch is not pressed Off
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is pressed On F
RESUME/ACC SW Ignition switch ON
When RESUME/ACCELERATE switch is not pressed Off
When DISTANCE switch is pressed On
DISTANCE SW Ignition switch ON G
When DISTANCE switch is not pressed Off
Drive the vehicle and activate When ICC system is controlling On
CRUISE OPE the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode When ICC system is not controlling Off H
When brake pedal is depressed Off
BRAKE SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed On
I
When brake pedal is depressed On
STOP LAMP SW Ignition switch ON
When brake pedal is not depressed Off
Idling On J
IDLE SW Engine running
Except idling (depress accelerator pedal) Off
• Start the engine and turn the When set to “long” Long
ICC system ON K
When set to “middle” Mid
• Press the DISTANCE
SET DISTANCE
switch to change the vehi-
cle-to-vehicle distance set- When set to “short” Short
ting L
ICC system ON
On
Start the engine and press (MAIN switch indicator ON)
CRUISE LAMP M
MAIN switch ICC system OFF
Off
(MAIN switch indicator OFF)
ICC system ON
On N
Start the engine and press (Own vehicle indicator ON)
OWN VHCL
Off
(Own vehicle indicator OFF)
When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de- DAS
Drive the vehicle and activate On
tection indicator ON)
VHCL AHEAD the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead
Off
detection indicator OFF) P
When ICC system is malfunctioning
On
Start the engine and press (ICC system warning lamp ON)
ICC WARNING
MAIN switch When ICC system is normal
Off
(ICC system warning lamp OFF)

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
VHCL SPEED SE While driving culated by
ADAS control
unit
Displays the set
SET VHCL SPD While driving When vehicle speed is set
vehicle speed
When the buzzer of the following system operates
• Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
• DCA system On
• FCW system
• IBA system
BUZZER O/P Engine running
When the buzzer of the following system not operates
• DCA system Off
• FCW system
• IBA system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR 0.0
The item is indicated, but not monitored
Equivalent to ta-
ENGINE RPM Engine running chometer read-
ing
Wiper not operating Off
WIPER SW Ignition switch ON Wiper LO operation Low
Wiper HI operation High
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0
IBA OFF indicator lamp ON
• When IBA system is malfunctioning On
• When IBA system is turned to OFF
BA WARNING Engine running
IBA OFF indicator lamp OFF
• When IBA system is normal Off
• When IBA system is turned to ON
Drive the vehicle and activate When ICC brake hold relay is activated On
STP LMP DRIVE the vehicle-to-vehicle distance
control mode When ICC brake hold relay is not activated Off
When the selector lever is in “D” position or manual

On
mode
D RANGE SW Engine running
When the selector lever is in any position other than “D”
Off
or manual mode
When the selector lever is in “N”, “P” position On
NP RANGE SW Engine running When the selector lever is in any position other than “N”,
Off
“P”
When the parking brake is applied On
PKB SW Ignition switch ON
When the parking brake is released Off
Power supply
voltage value of
PWR SUP MONI Engine running
ADAS control
unit
Value of A/T ve-
VHCL SPD AT While driving hicle speed sen-
sor signal
Displays the
THRTL OPENING Engine running Depress accelerator pedal
throttle position

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position
When ICC system is deactivated Off
B
When vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode is acti-
Start the engine and press ICC
MODE SIG vated
MAIN switch
When conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode is
ASCD C
activated
• Drive the vehicle and acti- SET switch indicator ON On
vate the conventional (fixed
SET DISP IND
speed) cruise control mode SET switch indicator OFF Off D
• Press SET/COAST switch
Displays the dis-
Drive the vehicle and activate tance from the E
When a vehicle ahead is detected
DISTANCE the vehicle-to-vehicle distance preceding vehi-
control mode cle
When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
F
Drive the vehicle and activate Displays the rel-
RELATIVE SPD the vehicle-to-vehicle distance ative speed.
control mode When a vehicle ahead is not detected 0.0
G
When dynamic driver assistance switch is pressed On
DYNA ASIST SW Ignition switch ON
When dynamic driver assistance switch is not pressed Off
DCA system OFF H
Start the engine and press dy- Off
(DCA system switch indicator OFF)
DCA ON IND namic driver assistance switch
(When DCA setting is ON) DCA system ON
On
(DCA system switch indicator ON) I
When a vehicle ahead is not detected (vehicle ahead
Off
Drive the vehicle and activate detection indicator OFF)
DCA VHL AHED
the DCA system When a vehicle ahead is detected (vehicle ahead de- J
On
When the IBA OFF switch is pressed On
IBA SW Ignition switch ON
When the IBA OFF switch is not pressed Off K
When the FCW system is ON
On
(Warning systems ON indicator ON)
FCW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON L
When the FCW system is OFF
Off
(Warning systems ON indicator OFF)
Display the ac-
celerator pedal M
APA TEMP Engine running actuator inte-
grated motor
temperature
N
Power supply
voltage value of
APA PWR Ignition switch ON
accelerator ped-
al actuator DAS
When the LDW system is ON
On
LDW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the LDW system is OFF P
Off
Warning systems ON indicator ON On
LDW ON LAMP Ignition switch ON
Warning systems ON indicator OFF Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Start the engine and press dy- LDP ON indicator lamp ON On
namic driver assistance switch
LDP ON IND
(When LDP system setting is LDP ON indicator lamp OFF Off
ON)
Drive the vehicle and activate Lane departure warning lamp ON On
LANE DPRT W/L the LDW system or LDP sys-
tem Lane departure warning lamp OFF Off

• LDW/LDP system On
Drive the vehicle and activate • BSW system
LDW BUZER OUT-
the LDW/LDP system or BSW When the buzzer of the following system does not oper-
PUT
system ate
Off
• LDW/LDP system
• BSW system
Start the engine and press dy- When the LDP system is ON On
LDP SYSTEM ON
(When LDP system setting is When the LDP system is OFF Off
ON)
READY signal
ON)
Both side lane markers are detected Detect
Drive the vehicle and activate
Camera lost Deviate side lane marker is lost Deviate
the LDW system, LDP system
Both side lane markers are lost Both
• Engine running Displays the
Shift position
• While driving shift position
Turn signal lamps OFF Off
Turn signal lamp LH blinking LH
Turn signal
Turn signal lamp RH blinking RH
Turn signal lamp LH and RH blinking LH&RH
Vehicle turning right Negative value
SIDE G While driving
Vehicle turning left Positive value
Drive the vehicle and activate Lane departure warning is operating On

WARN REQ
the LDP system Lane departure warning is not operating Off
When the LDP system is ON Stnby
Drive the vehicle and activate When the LDP system is operating Warn
STATUS signal
the LDP system When the LDP system is canceled Cancl
When the LDP system is OFF Off
Lane marker is unclear On
Lane unclear While driving
Lane marker is clear Off
FUNC ITEM Ignition switch ON FUNC1
FUNC ITEM (NV-ICC) Ignition switch ON Off
FUNC ITEM (NV-
Ignition switch ON Off
DCA)
“Distance Control Assist” set with the navigation system
On
is ON
DCA SELECT Ignition switch ON
Off
is OFF

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
“Lane Departure Prevention” set with the navigation
On
system is ON
LDP SELECT Ignition switch ON
Off B
system is OFF
NOTE:
BSI SELECT Off
NOTE: C
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
NOTE:
NAVI DCA SELECT Off
The item is indicated, but not monitored D
Items set with the navigation system can be switched
On
normally
SYS SELECTABILITY Ignition switch ON
Items set with the navigation system cannot be E
Off
switched normally
When warning systems switch is pressed On
WARN SYS SW Ignition switch ON F
When warning systems switch is not pressed Off
BSW warning lamp ON On
BSW/BSI WARN LMP Ignition switch ON
BSW warning lamp OFF Off
G
When the BSW system is ON
On
BSW SYSTEM ON Ignition switch ON
When the BSW system is OFF H
Off
4WD shift switch position is in AUTO AUTO
4WD SW Engine running 4WD shift switch position is in 4H 4H I
4WD shift switch position is in 4L 4L
TERMINAL LAYOUT J
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSOIA0213ZZ
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
When warning systems
Ignition 12 V
1 Warning systems switch is not pressed
Input switch
(V/W) switch When warning systems
ON 0V
switch is pressed
When IBA OFF switch is
Ignition 12 V
3 not pressed
IBA OFF switch Input switch
(R/Y) When IBA OFF switch is
ON 0V
pressed
Warning systems ON indi-
Ignition 0V
4 Warning systems ON cator ON
Output switch
(LG/B) indicator Warning systems ON indi-
ON 12 V
cator OFF
Ignition — 12 V
5 ICC brake hold relay
Output switch At “STOP LAMP” test of
(R) drive signal 0V
ON “Active test”
Ground Ignition
6
Ground — switch — 0V
(B)
ON
7
ITS communication-H — — — —
(L)
8
ITS communication-L — — — —
(Y)
Ignition Warning buzzer operation 0V

12
Warning buzzer signal Output switch Warning buzzer not oper-
(G/R) 12 V
ON ating
14
CAN -H — — — —
(L)
15
CAN -L — — — —
(P)
16
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery Voltage
(W/G)

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Low-pitched
tone
B
DTC Inspection Priority Chart INFOID:0000000006223478
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec- C
tion priority chart.
Priority Detected items (DTC)

D
• U1507: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR R)
1
• U1508: LOST COMM (SIDE RDR L)
• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT
2 E
• U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
• C1B00: CAMERA UNIT MALF
• C1F02: APA C/U MALF
3 • C1A17: ICC SENSOR MALF F
• C1B53: SIDE RDR R MALF
• C1B54: SIDE RDR L MALF
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• C1A01: POWER SUPPLY CIR
• C1A02: POWER SUPPLY CIR 2
• C1A04: ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
• C1A05: BRAKE SW/STOP L SW
• C1A06: OPERATION SW CIRC
• C1A12: LASER BEAM OFFCNTR
• C1A13: STOP LAMP RLY FIX
• C1A14: ECM CIRCUIT
• C1A16: RADAR STAIN
• C1A18: LASER AIMING INCMP
• C1A2A: ICC SEN PWR SUP CIR
• C1A21: ICC SENSOR HIGH TEMP
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A26: ECD MODE MALF
• C1A27: ECD PWR SUPLY CIR
• C1A33: CAN TRANSMISSION ERR
• C1A34: COMMAND ERROR
• C1A35: APA CIR
• C1A36: APA CAN COMM CIR
• C1A37: APA CAN CIR 2
• C1A39: STRG SEN CIR
• C1A40: SYSTEM SW CIRC
• C1B01: CAM AIMING INCMP
• C1B03: CAM ABNRML TMP DETCT
• C1F01: APA MOTOR MALF
• C1F05: APA PWR SUPLY CIR
4 • U0121: VDC CAN CIR 2
• U0126: STRG SEN CAN CIR 1
• U0235: ICC SENSOR CAN CIRC 1
• U0401: ECM CAN CIR 1
• U0402: TCM CAN CIR 1
• U0415: VDC CAN CIR 1
• U1500: CAM CAN CIR 2
• U1502: ICC SEN CAN COMM CIR
• U1503: SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2
• U1505: SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2
• U150B: ECM CAN CIRC 3
• U150C: VDC CAN CIRC 3
• U150D: TCM CAN CIRC 3
• U150E: BCM CAN CIRC 3
• U150F: AV CAN CIRC 3
• U1512: HVAC CAN CIRC3
• U1513: METER CAN CIRC 3
• U1514: STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3
• U1516: CAM CAN CIRC 3
• U1517: APA CAN CIRC 3
• U1518: SIDE RDR L CAN CIRC 3
• U1519: SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC 3
• U1520: 4WD CAN CIRC 3
5 • C1A03: VHCL SPEED SE CIRC
6 • C1A15: GEAR POSITION
7 • C1A00: CONTROL UNIT
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006223479
NOTE:
• The details of time display are as per the following.

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
- CRNT: A malfunction is detected now
- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past A
• IGN counter is displayed on FFD (Freeze Frame Data).
- 0: The malfunctions that are detected now
CAN communication system (U1000, U1010)
B
- 1 - 39: It increases like 0 → 1 → 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever the ignition
switch OFF → ON. It returns to 0 when a malfunction is detected again in the process.
- If it is over 39, it is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased.
Other than CAN communication system (Other than U1000, U1010) C
- If it is over 49, it is fixed to 49 until the self-diagnosis results are erased. D
Systems for fail-safe
• A: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode
• B: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode E
• C: Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA)
• D: Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
• E: Distance Control Assist (DCA)
• F: Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) F
• G: Blind Spot Warning (BSW)
DTC Warning lamp Fail-safe
G
Lane departure warning lamp

ICC system warning lamp
IBA OFF indicator lamp
BSW warning lamp

H
System
On board CONSULT-III display Reference
CONSULT-III
display
C1A00 0 CONTROL UNIT ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-57

J
C1A01 1 POWER SUPPLY CIR ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-58
C1A02 2 POWER SUPPLY CIR 2 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-58
K
C1A03 3 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-87
C1A04 4 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F CCS-89
C1A05 5 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F CCS-90 L
C1A06 6 OPERATION SW CIRC ON ON A, B, E, F CCS-94
LASER BEAM OFFCN-
C1A12 12 ON ON A, C, D, E CCS-96 M
TR
C1A13 13 STOP LAMP RLY FIX ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-97
C1A14 14 ECM CIRCUIT ON ON A, B, E, F CCS-103
N
C1A15 15 GEAR POSITION ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-104
C1A16 16 RADAR STAIN ON ON A, C, D, E CCS-106
C1A17 17 ICC SENSOR MALF ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-108 DAS
C1A18 18 LASER AIMING INCMP ON ON A, C, D, E CCS-109
ICC SENSOR HIGH
C1A21 21 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-111 P
TEMP
C1A24 24 NP RANGE ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-113
C1A26 26 ECD MODE MALF ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-115
C1A27 27 ECD PWR SUPLY CIR ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-116
CAN TRANSMISSION
C1A33 33 ON A, B, E CCS-118
ERR

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• B: Conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode
• F: Lane Departure Warning (LDW)/Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

BSW warning lamp
System
CONSULT-III
display
C1A34 34 COMMAND ERROR ON A, B, E CCS-119

C1A35 35 APA CIR ON A, E CCS-120
C1A36 36 APA CAN COMM CIR ON A, E CCS-121
C1A37 133 APA CAN CIR 2 ON A, B, E CCS-122
C1A39 39 STRG SEN CIR ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G CCS-124
C1A40 40 SYSTEM SW CIRC ON C, D CCS-126
C1A2A 80 ICC SEN PWR SUP CIR ON ON A, C, D, E CCS-117
C1B00 81 CAMERA UNIT MALF ON F DAS-361
C1B01 82 CAM AIMING INCMP ON F DAS-363
CAM ABNRML TMP DE-
C1B03 83 BLINK F DAS-365
TCT
C1B53 84 SIDE RDR R MALF ON G DAS-482
C1B54 85 SIDE RDR L MALF ON G DAS-483
C1F01 91 APA MOTOR MALF ON A, E CCS-129
C1F02 92 APA C/U MALF ON A, E CCS-130
C1F05 95 APA PWR SUPLY CIR ON A, E CCS-131
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER
55 FURTHER TESTING — — — — — —
TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED
U0121 127 VDC CAN CIR 2 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-133
U0126 130 STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G CCS-135
ICC SENSOR CAN
U0235 144 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-137
CIRC 1
U0401 120 ECM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-138
U0402 122 TCM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-139
U1000NOTE 100 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-59

U1010 110 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-60

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• A: Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode A
• E: Distance Control Assist (DCA) B
DTC Warning lamp Fail-safe C

BSW warning lamp

D
System
CONSULT-III
display
E
F
U1500 145 CAM CAN CIR 2 ON F DAS-381
G
ICC SEN CAN COMM
U1502 147 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-152
CIR
U1503 150 SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2 ON G DAS-502
H
U1505 152 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 ON G DAS-504
U1506 153 SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1 ON G DAS-505 I
LOST COMM (SIDE
U1507 154 ON G DAS-506
RDR R)
LOST COMM (SIDE J
U1508 155 ON G DAS-507
RDR L)
U150B 157 ECM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-148
U150C 158 VDC CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-149 K
U150D 159 TCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-150
U150E 160 BCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-151
L
U150F 161 AV CAN CIRC 3 DAS-61
U1512 162 HVAC CAN CIRC3 ON F DAS-383
U1513 163 METER CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-153 M
U1514 164 STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G CCS-154
ICC SENSOR CAN
U1515 165 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-155 N
CIRC 3
U1516 166 CAM CAN CIRC 3 ON F DAS-385
U1517 167 APA CAN CIRC 3 ON A, B, E CCS-156
DAS
U1518 168 SIDE RDR L CAN CIRC 3 ON G DAS-510
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC
U1519 169 ON G DAS-511
3
P
U1520 176 4WD CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F CCS-157
NOTE:
With the detection of “U1000” some systems do not perform the fail-safe operation.
A system controlling based on a signal received from the control unit performs fail-safe operation when the
communication with the ADAS control unit becomes inoperable.

DRIVER ASSISTANCE SYSTEMS
< WIRING DIAGRAM > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
WIRING DIAGRAM
Wiring Diagram INFOID:0000000006223480
JCOWM0352GB

DAS
JCOWM0353GB

JCOWM0354GB

DAS
JCOWM0355GB

JCOWM0356GB

DAS
JCOWM0357GB

JCOWM0358GB

DAS
JCOWM0359GB

JCOWM0360GB

DAS
JCOWM0361GB

JCOWM0362GB

DAS
JCOWM0363GB

JCOWM0364GB

DAS
JCOWM0365GB

JCOWM0366GB

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS A
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223481
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
DTC
(On board dis- Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes
play)
D
C1A00
CONTROL UNIT ADAS control unit internal malfunction ADAS control unit
(0)
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE
2. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. F
3. Check if the “C1A00” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A00” detected as the current malfunction?
G
YES >> Refer to DAS-57, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> INSPECTION END
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223482 H
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Check if any DTC other than “C1A00” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. I
Is any DTC detected?
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to
DAS-38, "DTC Index". J
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
DAS

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
(On board dis- DTC detecting condition Possible causes
name
play)
C1A01 POWER SUPPLY The battery voltage sent to ADAS control unit re-
(1) CIR mains less than 7.9 V for 5 seconds • Connector, harness, fuse
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY The battery voltage sent to ADAS control unit re- • ADAS control unit
(2) CIR 2 mains more than 19.3 V for 5 seconds
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE

2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III.
4. Check if the “C1A01” or “C1A02” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/
ADAS”.
Is “C1A01” or “C1A02” detected as the current malfunction?
NO >> Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223484
1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT

Check power supply and ground circuit of ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-62, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Is the inspection result normal?
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.

U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT
A
Description INFOID:0000000006223485
CAN COMMUNICATION B
CAN (Controller Area Network) is a serial communication line for real time applications. It is an on-vehicle mul-
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links with C
other control units during operation (not independent). In CAN communication, control units are connected
with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring.
Each control unit transmits/receives data but selectively reads the required data only.
CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-28, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica- D
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
E
• ITS communication is a multiplex communication system. This enables the system to transmit and receive
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with 2 communication lines.
• ITS communication lines adopt twisted-pair line style (two lines twisted) for noise immunity.
F
DTC DETECTION LOGIC G

DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes
display) H
If ADAS control unit is not transmitting or receiv-
U1000 • CAN communication system
CAN COMM CIRCUIT ing CAN communication signal or ITS communi-
(100) • ITS communication system
cation signal for 2 seconds or more I
NOTE:
If “U1000” is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system.
J
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS K

1. Turn the ignition switch ON.
2. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more.
4. Check if the “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. L
Is “U1000” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". M
DAS

U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN)
CAN controller controls the communication of CAN communication signal and ITS communication signal, and
the error detection.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
U1010 If ADAS control unit detects malfunction by
CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ADAS control unit
(110) CAN controller initial diagnosis

1. Turn the MAIN switch of ICC system ON.
3. Check if the “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

U150F AV CAN 3
U150F AV CAN 3
A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC B
DTC
(On board dis- Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
play)
ADAS control unit detects an error signal that is
U150F
AV CAN CIRC 3 received from AV control unit via CAN commu- AV control unit
(161) D
nication
NOTE:
If DTC “U150F” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-38, "DTC
Index". E

1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F
2. Turn the DCA system or LDP system ON.
3. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. G
4. Check if the “U150F” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U150F” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-61, "Diagnosis Procedure". H
I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150F” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. J
Is “U1000” detected?
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
Refer to DAS-59, "DTC Logic". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK AV CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “MULTI AV”. L
AV-57, "DTC Index". M
DAS

POWER SUPPLY AND GROUND CIRCUIT
1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check voltage between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage
ADAS control unit (Approx.)
Ignition
Connector Terminal switch
Ground OFF 0V
B61 16 Battery volt-
ON
age
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the ADAS control unit power supply circuit.
2.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit connector.
3. Check for continuity between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
ADAS control unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground
B61 6 Existed
YES >> INSPECTION END
NO >> Repair the ADAS control unit ground circuit.

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [ADAS CONTROL UNIT]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION A

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Removal and Installation INFOID:0000000006223494
B
REMOVAL
1. Remove the luggage side lower finisher (LH). Refer to INT-36, "LUGGAGE SIDE LOWER FINISHER : C
Removal and Installation".
2. Disconnect ADAS control unit connector.
3. Remove mounting bolts from ADAS control unit.
4. Remove ADAS control unit. D
REMOVAL
Install in the reverse order of removal.
E
DAS

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [DCA]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
PRE-TENSIONER" INFOID:0000000006223495
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
with a front seat belt, helps to reduce the risk or severity of injury to the driver and front passenger for certain
types of collision. This system includes seat belt switch inputs and dual stage front air bag modules. The SRS
system uses the seat belt switches to determine the front air bag deployment, and may only deploy one front
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Information necessary to service the system safely is included in the “SRS AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT” of this
Service Manual.
WARNING:
• To avoid rendering the SRS inoperative, which could increase the risk of personal injury or death in
the event of a collision that would result in air bag inflation, all maintenance must be performed by
an authorized NISSAN/INFINITI dealer.
• Improper maintenance, including incorrect removal and installation of the SRS, can lead to personal
injury caused by unintentional activation of the system. For removal of Spiral Cable and Air Bag
Module, see the “SRS AIR BAG”.
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
Service Manual. SRS wiring harnesses can be identified by yellow and/or orange harnesses or har-
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
• When working near the Air Bag Diagnosis Sensor Unit or other Air Bag System sensors with the
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
with a hammer. Heavy vibration could activate the sensor(s) and deploy the air bag(s), possibly
causing serious injury.
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
battery, and wait at least 3 minutes before performing any service.
NOTE:
SKIB8766E

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [DCA]
NOTE: A
line are lost.
B
SKIB8767E
D
DCA System Service INFOID:0000000006223497
CAUTION: E
• Never look straight into the laser beam discharger when adjusting laser beam aiming.
• Turn the MAIN switch OFF in conditions similar to driving, such as free rollers or a chassis dyna-
mometer. F
• Never use the ICC sensor removed from vehicle. Never disassemble or remodel.
• Erase DTC when replacing parts of DCA system, then check the operation of DCA system after
adjusting laser beam aiming if necessary.
G
DAS

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [DCA]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JSOIA0364ZZ
1. ICC steering switch 2. Information display, ICC system 3. AV control unit

warning lamp, buzzer Refer to AV-9, "Component Parts Lo-
(On the combination meter) cation"
4. Transfer control unit 5. ICC brake hold relay 6. ECM
Refer to DLN-10, "Component Parts Refer to EC-16, "Component Parts
Location" Location"
7. ICC sensor 8. TCM 9. ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
Refer to TM-10, "A/T CONTROL trol unit)
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts
tion" Location"
10. Accelerator pedal actuator 11. Stop lamp switch 12. ICC brake switch
13. Steering angle sensor 14. ADAS control unit
Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts
Location" Location"
A. Back side of engine room (RH) B. Front bumper (center) C. Upper side of brake pedal

COMPONENT PARTS
• ADAS control unit calculates a target distance between vehicles and a target speed, B
based on signals received from each sensor and switch to transmit a brake fluid pres-
sure control signal to ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communica-
tion
ADAS control unit C
• ADAS control unit transmits the buzzer output signal to the combination meter via CAN
communication
• ADAS control unit transmits an accelerator pedal feedback force control signal to the
accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communication
D
• ICC sensor detects light reflected from a vehicle ahead by irradiating laser forward and
calculates a distance from the vehicle ahead and a relative speed, based on the detect-
ICC sensor ed signal
• ICC sensor transmits the presence/absence of vehicle ahead and the distance from the E
vehicle to ADAS control unit via ITS communication
ECM transmits the accelerator pedal position signal, ICC brake switch signal, stop lamp
ECM switch signal, ICC steering switch signal, etc. to ADAS control unit via CAN communica- F
tion
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel
speed), stop lamp signal and VDC/TCS/ABS system operation condition to ADAS con-
ABS actuator and electric unit (control G
trol unit via CAN communication
unit)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls the brake, based on a brake fluid
pressure control signal received from ADAS control unit via CAN communication
TCM transmits the signal related to A/T control to ADAS control unit via CAN communi- H
TCM
cation
Performs the following operations using the signals received from the ADAS control unit
via the CAN communication I
Combination meter • Displays the DCA system operation status using the meter display signal
• Illuminates the ICC system warning lamp using the ICC warning lamp signal
• Operates the buzzer (ICC warning chime) using the buzzer output signal
J
Dynamic driver assistance switch ECM receives an ICC steering switch (dynamic driver assistance switch) signal and trans-
(On the ICC steering switch) mits the signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
ICC brake hold relay activates the stop lamp by ICC brake hold relay drive signal (stop
ICC brake hold relay K
lamp drive signal) outputted by the ADAS control unit
ICC brake switch • ICC brake switch is turned OFF and stop lamp switch is turned ON, when depressing
the brake pedal
• ICC brake switch signal is input to ECM. These signals are transmitted from ECM to L
ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Stop lamp switch • Stop lamp switch signal is input to ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit).
These signals are transmitted from ECM and ABS actuator and electric unit (control
unit) to ADAS control unit via CAN communication M
Transfer control unit transmits a mode selection state of 4WD shift switch to the ADAS
Transfer control unit
control unit via CAN communication
AV control unit transmits the system selection signal to the ADAS control unit via CAN N
AV control unit
communication
Measures the rotation amount, rotation speed, and rotation direction of steering wheel,
Steering angle sensor
and then transmits them to ADAS control unit via CAN communication DAS
Accelerator pedal actuator receives an accelerator pedal feedback force control signal
Accelerator pedal actuator
from the ADAS control unit via ITS communication and pushes back the accelerator pedal
P

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0273GB

Input Signal Item

SYSTEM
Transmit unit Signal name Description A

Closed throttle position signal Receives idle position state (ON/OFF)
Dynamic driver as-
B
sistance switch sig-
nal
tion
Engine speed signal Receives engine speed C
D
TCM munica-
tion Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position E
F
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS
ABS warning lamp signal Receives an ON/OFF state of ABS warning lamp
TCS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of TCS G
ABS actuator CAN com-
and electric unit munica- VDC OFF switch signal Receives an ON/OFF state of VDC
(control unit) tion
VDC malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of VDC
H
VDC operation signal Receives an operational state of VDC

Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
I
Steering angle sensor malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of steering angle sensor J
CAN com-
munica- Steering angle sensor signal
tion
Steering angle speed signal Receives the turning angle speed of the steering wheel K
CAN com-
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver As-
sist” selected with the navigation system L
tion
CAN com-
Transfer control
munica- Current 4WD mode signal Receives a mode selection state of the 4WD shift mode
unit
tion M
ITS com-
tion
N
ITS com-
Accelerator Accelerator pedal actuator operation status Receives an operational state of accelerator pedal ac-
munica-
pedal actuator signal tuator
tion
DAS
Output Signal Item
Reception unit Signal name Description P

ABS actuator
and electric CAN commu- Transmits a brake fluid pressure control signal to acti-
Brake fluid pressure control signal
unit (control nication vates the brake
unit)

SYSTEM
Vehicle ahead detec-
Meter display tion indicator signal Transmits a signal to display a state of the system on
signal DCA system switch in- the information display
Combination CAN commu- dicator signal
meter nication Transmits an ICC warning lamp signal to turn ON the
ICC warning lamp signal
Transmits a buzzer output signal to activate the buzz-
er
ITS commu- control unit
ICC sensor
nication Transmits a steering angle sensor signal received
Steering angle sensor signal
from the steering angle sensor
Transmits an accelerator pedal angle calculated by
Accelerator pedal position signal
Accelerator ITS commu- the ADAS control unit
pedal actuator nication Accelerator pedal feedback force control Transmits a target actuation force value calculated by
signal the ADAS control unit
ICC brake hold Activates the brake hold relay and turns ON the stop
ICC brake hold relay drive signal
relay lamp
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION
When a vehicle is detected ahead
• The vehicle ahead detection indicator comes ON.
When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead
• If the driver is not depressing the accelerator pedal, the system activates the brakes to decelerate smoothly
as necessary. If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limita-
tions of the system.
• If the driver is depressing the accelerator pedal, the system moves the accelerator pedal upward to assist
the driver to release the accelerator pedal.
When brake operation by driver is required
• The system alerts the driver by a warning chime and blinking the vehicle ahead detection indicator. If the
driver is depressing the accelerator pedal after the warning, the system moves the accelerator pedal upward
to assist the driver to switch to the brake pedal.
CAUTION:
If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations
of the system. The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is
at a standstill. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal. [The sys-
tem will resume control automatically once the system reaches 5 km/h (3 MPH)].
NOTE:
• Depending on the position of the accelerator pedal, the system may not be able to assist the driver to
release the accelerator pedal appropriately.
• When the driver depresses the accelerator pedal even further while the system is moving the accelerator
pedal upward, the accelerator pedal control will be canceled.
• When the driver is depressing the accelerator pedal, the brake control by the system is not operated.
• When the driver is depressing the brake pedal, neither the brake control nor the alert by the system oper-
ates.
• When the ICC system is set, the DCA system will be canceled.
OPERATION DESCRIPTION
ICC sensor calculates a distance from a vehicle ahead and a relative speed to transmit the ICC sensor signal
to the ADAS control unit via ITS communication. Based on the received signal, the ADAS control unit trans-
mits a control signal to the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS communication and to the ABS actuator control
unit (control unit) via CAN communication.

SYSTEM
If the driver is not depressing the acceler-

ator pedal, the system activates the
brakes to decelerate smoothly as neces- B
sary
JSOIA0222ZZ C
When vehicle approaches a vehicle ahead
If the driver is depressing the accelerator D

pedal, the system moves the accelerator
pedal upward to assist the driver to re-
lease the accelerator pedal
E
JSOIA0094ZZ
The system alerts the driver by a warning F

chime and blinking the vehicle ahead de-
tection indicator. If the driver is depressing
When brake operation by driver is required the accelerator pedal after the warning,
the system moves the accelerator pedal G
upward to assist the driver to switch to the
brake pedal
JPOIA0170GB
H
It transmits the brake fluid pressure control signal to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via
Deceleration control
CAN communication and performs the brake control
Accelerator pedal actuation It transmits the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal to the accelerator pedal actuator via ITS I
control communication and controls the accelerator pedal in the upward direction
Operation Condition
J
ADAS control unit performs the control when the following conditions are satisfied.
• When the DCA system setting on the navigation screen is ON.
• When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned to ON.
• When the brake pedal is not depressed. K
• When the vehicle speed is above approximately 5 km/h (3 MPH).
• When the vehicle ahead is detected.
• When the ICC system is not set. L
No Operation Condition
The ADAS control unit is not operate when the system is under any conditions of the no operation condition.
• When the brake pedal depressed. M
• When the ICC system is set.
• When the system judges that the vehicle comes to a standstill by the system control.
• When the vehicle ahead is not detected.
N
Operation Cancellation Condition
The ADAS control unit cancels the operation when the system is under any conditions of the operation cancel-
lation condition.
DAS
• When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned to OFF.
• When the system malfunction occurs.
• When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) operates.
• When the VDC is turned OFF. P
• When the SNOW mode switch is turned ON.
• When the 4WD shift switch is turned to not AUTO position.
• When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight).
• When the ICC sensor body window is dirty and the measurement of the distance between the vehicles
becomes difficult.
Operation At The Driver Operation
Give priority to the driver operation in the following situation.

SYSTEM
• When the accelerator pedal is depressed again.
• When the brake pedal is depressed.
Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit) INFOID:0000000006223501

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
Low-pitched
tone
Fail-safe (ICC Sensor) INFOID:0000000006223502
If a malfunction occurs in the ICC sensor, ADAS control unit cancels control, sounds a beep, and turns ON the
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
Switch Name and Function INFOID:0000000006223503
D
JSOIA0365ZZ
No. Switch name Description E

Turns the DCA system ON/OFF
1 Dynamic driver assistance switch
(When the setting of the DCA system on the navigation screen is ON)
DCA system setting screen F
2 DCA system settings can be switched between ON and OFF
(Navigation system settings screen)
Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch INFOID:0000000006223504

G
SYSTEM DISPLAY
H
J
JSOIA0175ZZ
No. Switch name Description K

1 ICC system warning lamp This indicates that an abnormal condition is present in DCA system
2 DCA system switch indicator Indicates that DCA system is ON L
Indicates whether it detects a vehicle ahead
NOTE:
3 Vehicle ahead detection indicator
The vehicle ahead detection indicator turns OFF when the no operation condition is sat-
isfied M
DISPLAY AND WARNING LAMP

System Control Condition Display N
The DCA system switch indicator illuminates and the system is turned ON by pressing the dynamic driver
assistance switch at the system OFF.
DAS

OPERATION
Condition Display on combination meter
Vehicle ahead not detected
JSOIA0207ZZ
Operation status
Vehicle ahead detected
JSOIA0208ZZ
Approach Warning Display

• If own vehicle comes closer to the vehicle ahead due to rapid deceleration of that vehicle or if another vehi-
cle cuts in, the system warns the driver with the chime and DCA system display. Decelerate by depressing
the brake pedal to maintain a safe vehicle distance if:
- The chime sounds.
- The vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks.
• The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some
examples are:
- When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing
- When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing
- When a vehicle cuts in near own vehicle
• The warning chime will not sound when own vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
Condition Display on combination meter
When the system judges that the brake operation by the driver is necessary
JSOIA0209ZZ
Warning Lamp Display

OPERATION
Condition Description Display on combination meter A

When the dynamic driver assistance
The DCA system is not activated. The DCA
switch is turned ON with settings of
system switch indicator blinks.
DCA system and LDP system OFF
B
• When the VDC or ABS (including the
TCS) operates The DCA system is automatically can-
• When the VDC is turned OFF celed. The chime will sound and the DCA
• When the SNOW mode switch is system switch indicator will blink. C
turned ON NOTE:
• When the 4WD shift switch is turned The system operates if the dynamic driver
to not AUTO assistance switch is turned OFF⇒ON after JSOIA0210ZZ
• When driving into a strong light (i.e., the condition improves.
D
sunlight)
The DCA system is automatically can-
celed. The chime sounds and the ICC sys- E
Warning tem warning lamp will come on and the
display “CLEAN SENSOR” indicator will appear.
When the sensor window is dirty, mak-
NOTE:
ing it impossible to detect a vehicle F
Stop the vehicle in a safe location and turn
ahead
the ignition switch OFF. Clean the dirty
area with soft cloth. The system returns to
normal condition when turning the ignition JSOIA0326ZZ G
switch ON again.
The chime sounds and the ICC system

warning lamp will come on. H
NOTE:
When the DCA system is not operating
Turn the ignition switch OFF, and then turn
properly
the ignition switch ON again. If there is no
malfunction, the system returns to the nor- I
mal condition.
JSOIA0212ZZ
NOTE: J
When the DCA system is automatically canceled, the cancellation condition can be displayed on “WORK
SUPPORT” of CONSULT-III (ICC/ADAS).
K
DAS

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Distance Control Assist INFOID:0000000006223505
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the sys-
tem. The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a warning chime. To
prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
• The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver is depressing the accelerator pedal.
• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the
driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. Do not use the system on roads with sharp
curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
• The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions.
- Stationary and slow moving vehicles
- Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
- Oncoming vehicles in the same lane
- Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane
• As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the DCA system. This
system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain,
fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the
distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance
between vehicles.
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of own vehicle in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid
accidents, never use the DCA system under the following conditions.
- On roads with sharp curves
- On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.
- On off-road surfaces such as on sand or rock, etc.
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
- When strong light (for example, at sunrise or sunset) is directly shining on the front of the vehicle
- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor
- On steep downhill roads (frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
- On repeated uphill and downhill roads
- When towing a trailer or other vehicle
• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Driver may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the acceler-
ator pedal. Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system when it is not recommended in this section.
• The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals.
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle (trailer, etc.)
- When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing, damaged or covered
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt, snow and road spray
- When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
- When dense exhaust or other smoke (black smoke) from vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of own vehicle
• The DCA system is designed to automatically check the sensor's operation. When the sensor is covered
with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a trans-
parent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the DCA system may not detect them. In these instances, the DCA sys-
tem may not be able to decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.
• The DCA system is designed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle
ahead. The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decel-
erates to standstill. However, the DCA system can only apply up to 25% of the vehicles total braking power.
If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the dis-
tance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly
enough. If this occurs, the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the
driver to take necessary action.
• The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn when driver approach stationary and slow moving
vehicles. Driver must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead.

HANDLING PRECAUTION
• The detection zone of the sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must
be in the detection zone for the system to operate. A
- A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its
position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be
detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from
B
the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead
may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into
the lane. If this occurs, the system may warn driver by blinking the
system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to C
manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling
ahead.
D
G
JPOIA0221ZZ
- When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, nar- H

row roads, or roads which are under construction, the sensor may
detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a
vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work inap-
propriately. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehi- I
cle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane,
etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn
driver by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime J
unexpectedly. The driver will have to manually control the proper
distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
• The approach warning chime may sound and the system display
may blink when the sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted K
on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road. This may
cause the DCA system to operate inappropriately. The sensor may
detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding L
roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve. The sensor
may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction
zones. In these cases driver will have to manually control the
proper distance ahead of own vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity M
can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving
position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a
vehicle is being driven with some damage). N
• The DCA system automatically decelerates own vehicle to help
JPOIA0220ZZ
assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle
ahead. Manually brake when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by
DAS
the vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appears in front of own vehicle. Always stay alert when using
the DCA system.
• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator lamp is not illuminated, system will not control or warn the driver.
• Never place a foot under the brake pedal. A foot may be caught when the system controls the brake. P
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the
system. The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a stand-
still. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal. [The system will resume
control automatically once the system reaches 5 km/h (3 MPH)].

DESCRIPTION
JSOIA0271GB
METHOD OF STARTING
CAUTION:
• ICC system OFF
• DCA system OFF
NOTE:
PKIB8371E
JSOIA0008GB
NOTE:


nosis Function"
ECM malfunction
E

H
NOTE:
NOTE:
K
L
APPLICATION ITEMS
M
Active Test
the load
DAS
P
WORK SUPPORT


tems
NOTE:

OPERATING WIPER ×
OP SW DOUBLE
TOUCH
MPH)

INCHING LOST ×
nication
C
APA HI TEMP ×
high
D
× ×
COMM ERR sor
F

G
I
L
N
P
NO RECORD —

DATA MONITOR

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
× × × ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
×
CRUISE OPE
[On/Off]
× × × ×
× × × ×
×
SET DISTANCE
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL
[On/Off]
VHCL AHEAD
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
[On/Off]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
×
×
YAW RATE NOTE:
×
BA WARNING
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
[On/Off]
D RANGE SW
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
×
PKB SW
[On/Off]
PWR SUP MONI
[V] D
VHCL SPD AT
[km/h] or [mph]
E
THRTL OPENING
[%]
tion).
F
×
× G
SET DISP IND
[On/Off]
DISTANCE H
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
[m/s] I
× × ×
DCA ON IND J
[On/Off]
×
IBA SW
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON L
[On/Off]
APA TEMP
[°C]
APA PWR
[V]
N
LDW SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
DAS
LDW ON LAMP
[On/Off]
LDP ON IND
[On/Off]
LANE DPRT W/L
[On/Off]
LDW BUZER OUT-
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LDP SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
WARN REQ
[On/Off]
READY signal
[On/Off]
Camera lost
Shift position
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - × ×
7]
Turn signal
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion)
× ×
STATUS signal
Off]
Lane unclear
× × cation
[On/Off]
nication)
FUNC ITEM
[FUNC1]
× × × ×
FUNC ITEM (NV-
NOTE:
DCA) × × × ×
[Off]
DCA SELECT
[On/Off]
navigation system
LDP SELECT
[On/Off]
system
BSI SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
WARN SYS SW
[On/Off]
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW SYSTEM ON B
[On/Off]
× × ×
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
- BSW warning lamp
F
METER LAMP G
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated
H
LDP BUZZER
WARNING SYSTEM IND
METER LAMP N
NOTE:
DAS


Oper-
ation
Off OFF
CAN communication
STOP LAMP
Oper-
ation
Off OFF
ICC BUZZER

sound
ICC BUZZER
Reset —
the test
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:

MODE1 10 bar
communication
MODE3 30 bar
Reset —
NOTE:
PKIB1767J

Active Pedal
CAUTION: A
B
NOTE:
C
MODE1
for 8 seconds D
MODE2
MODE3
8 seconds
MODE4
8 seconds F
Test start —
“MODE4”
Reset
—
G
NOTE: H
K
JPOIA0061GB
DCA INDICATOR
NOTE: L
Test item
Opera-
M
tion
Off —
DCA INDICATOR
On ON
LDP BUZZER DAS
Opera-
tion P
Off —
LDP BUZZER test
WARNING SYSTEM IND

Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
LDP ON IND
Oper-
ation
Off —
low to end the test
LDP ON IND
On ON
LANE DEPARTURE W/L
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ICC SENSOR)
A
CONSULT-III Function (LASER) INFOID:0000000006228055
APPLICATION ITEMS B
CONSULT-III performs the following functions via CAN communication with ADAS control unit and the com-
munication with ICC sensor.
C
It can monitor the adjustment direction indication in order to perform the laser beam aiming operation
Work Support
smoothly
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays malfunctioning system memorized in ICC sensor
Data Monitor Displays real-time input/output data of ICC sensor
Ecu Identification Displays ICC sensor part number E
CAN Diag Support Monitor The results of transmit/receive diagnosis of ITS communication can be read
WORK SUPPORT F

LASER BEAM ADJUST Outputs laser beam, calculates dislocation of the beam, and indicates adjustment direction G
Laser Beam Adjust

Refer to CCS-72, "Description".
H
Refer to CCS-55, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR I
Monitored item
Description
[Unit] J
Vehicle speed judged from a vehicle speed signal read by the ICC sensor via ITS communica-
VHCL SPEED SE tion is displayed [ADAS control unit receives a vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and
[km/h] or [mph] electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication and transmits the calculated vehicle speed K
to ICC sensor via ITS communication]
Indicates yaw rate read from ADAS control unit through ITS communication (ADAS control unit
receives yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
cation and transmits yaw rate calculated by the ADAS control unit) L
YAW RATE
Yaw rate judged from a yaw rate signal read by ICC sensor via ITS communication is displayed
[deg/s]
[ADAS control unit receives a yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication and transmits the calculated yaw rate to ICC sensor via ITS commu-
M
nication]
PWR SUP MONI
Indicates IGN voltage input by ICC sensor
[V]
N
DISTANCE
Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead DAS
[m/s]
LASER OFFSET NOTE:
[m] The item is indicated, but not used
P
LASER HEIGHT NOTE:
STEERING ANGLE
The steering angle is displayed
[deg]
STRG ANGLE SPEED
The steering angle speed is displayed
[deg/s]

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
L/R ADJUST
The horizontal correction value of the laser beam is displayed
[deg]
U/D ADJUST
The vertical correction value of the laser beam is displayed
[deg]

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR)
A
CONSULT-III Function (ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACT) INFOID:0000000006223509
DESCRIPTION B
munication with accelerator pedal actuator.
C
Test mode Function
• Displays malfunctioning system memorized in accelerator pedal actuator
Self Diagnostic Result
• Displays the Freeze Frame Data when the malfunction is detected
D
DATA MONITOR Displays real-time input/output data of accelerator pedal actuator
ACTIVE TEST Enables operation check of electrical loads by sending driving signal to them
ECU Identification Displays accelerator pedal actuator parts number E
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT F

G
FFD (Freeze Frame Data)
The accelerator pedal actuator records the following data when the malfunction is detected.
Freeze Frame Data item

H
Description
[Unit]
It displays the target accelerator pedal actuation force that the accelerator pedal actuator read out
TGT FBK FRC
from the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal received via ITS communication at the time I
[N]
when the malfunction is detected
It displays the target motor position that the accelerator pedal actuator read out from the accelerator
TGT MOT POSI
pedal feedback force control signal received via ITS communication at the time when the malfunction J
[%]
is detected
ACT MOT POSI It displays the integrated motor position that the accelerator pedal actuator read out at the time when
[%] the malfunction is detected
K
AP OPEN It displays the accelerator pedal position signal that the accelerator pedal actuator read out via ITS
[%] communication at the time when the malfunction is detected
APA TEMP It displays the integrated motor temperature that the accelerator pedal actuator read out at the time L
[°C] when the malfunction is detected
APA CURRENT It displays the integrated motor consumption current that the accelerator pedal actuator read out at
[A] the time when the malfunction is detected
M
APA PWR It displays the power supply voltage that the accelerator pedal actuator read out at the time when the
[V] malfunction is detected
APA OPE STATS It displays the activation permission status of accelerator pedal actuator at the time when the mal-
N
[On/Off] function is detected
APA STATS
It displays the condition of accelerator pedal actuator at the time when the malfunction is detected
[READY/NG/TP NG/INIT]
DAS
IGN CounterNote It displays number of ignition switch OFF → ON after the malfunction is detected
NOTE:
• The number is 0 when is detected now. P
• The number increases like 1→ 2 ··· 38 → 39 after returning to the normal condition whenever IGN OFF →
ON.
• The number is fixed to 39 until the self-diagnosis results are erased if it is over 39.
DATA MONITOR

Monitor item [Unit] FUNCTION DESCRIPTION

It displays the target accelerator pedal actuation force that the accelerator pedal actuator read out
TGT FBK FRC from the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal received via ITS communication
[N] (The ADAS control unit transmits the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal via ITS commu-
nication)
It displays the target motor position that the accelerator pedal actuator read out from the accelerator
TGT MOT POSI pedal feedback force control signal received via ITS communication
[%] (The ADAS control unit transmits the accelerator pedal feedback force control signal via ITS commu-
nication)
ACT MOT POSI
It displays the integrated motor position that the accelerator pedal actuator read out
[%]
It displays the accelerator pedal position signal that the accelerator pedal actuator read out via ITS
AP OPEN communication
[%] (The ADAS control unit transmits with ITS communication the accelerator pedal position signal that
is received from ECM via CAN communication)
APA TEMP
It displays the accelerator pedal actuator integrated motor temperature
[°C]
APA CURRENT
It displays the accelerator pedal actuator integrated motor consumption current
[A]
APA PWR
It displays the power supply voltage that the accelerator pedal actuator read out
[V]
APA OPE STATS
It displays the activation permission status of accelerator pedal actuator
[On/Off]
APA STATS
It displays the condition of accelerator pedal actuator
[READY/NG/TP NG/INIT]
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
Never perform ACTIVE TEST while driving the vehicle.
NOTE:
The active test cannot be performed when the ICC system warning lamp is illuminated.
Item list
Active test item Description

Drive the accelerator pedal actuator and generate the constant accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST1
actuation force
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST2 Drive the accelerator pedal actuator and generate the vibration
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 1

NOTE:
Check the accelerator pedal by depressing when performing the test.
Active test item Operation Description
ACCELERATOR PEDAL AC- STOP Finish the test

TUATOR TEST1 START Generate the constant accelerator pedal actuation force for accelerator pedal
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST 2

NOTE:
Check the accelerator pedal by depressing when performing the test.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL AC- STOP Finish the test

TUATOR TEST 2 START Generate the vibration for accelerator pedal
ECU IDENTIFICATION
Displays accelerator pedal assembly parts number.

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [DCA]

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B

C
E
I
Idling On J
ICC system ON K
SET DISTANCE
ting L
ICC system ON
On
CRUISE LAMP M
Off
ICC system ON
On N
OWN VHCL
Off
Off
On
ICC WARNING
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
ADAS control
unit
Displays the set
vehicle speed
• DCA system On
• FCW system
• IBA system
• DCA system Off
• FCW system
• IBA system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR 0.0
Equivalent to ta-
ing
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0

On
mode
Off
or manual mode
Off
“P”
Power supply
voltage value of
ADAS control
unit
Value of A/T ve-
sor signal
Displays the
throttle position

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position
B
MODE SIG vated
MAIN switch
ASCD C
activated
SET DISP IND
Displays the dis-
control mode cle
F
G
DCA system OFF H
On
Off
DCA VHL AHED
On
On
Off
Display the ac-
celerator pedal M
grated motor
temperature
N
Power supply
voltage value of
accelerator ped-
al actuator DAS
On
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
LDP ON IND
ON)

LDW BUZER OUT-
PUT
system ate
Off
• LDW/LDP system
• BSW system
LDP SYSTEM ON
ON)
READY signal
ON)
Shift position
Turn signal

WARN REQ
STATUS signal
FUNC ITEM (NV-
DCA)
On
is ON
Off
is OFF

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
On
system is ON
Off B
system is OFF
NOTE:
BSI SELECT Off
NOTE: C
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
NOTE:
NAVI DCA SELECT Off
On
normally
Off
switched normally
G
On
Off
TERMINAL LAYOUT J
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSOIA0213ZZ
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Ignition 12 V
Input switch
ON 0V
switch is pressed
Ignition 12 V
3 not pressed
ON 0V
pressed
Ignition 0V
Output switch
ON 12 V
cator OFF
Ignition — 12 V
(R) drive signal 0V
Ground Ignition
6
(B)
ON
7
(L)
8
(Y)

12
(G/R) 12 V
ON ating
14
CAN -H — — — —
(L)
15
CAN -L — — — —
(P)
16
(W/G)

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Low-pitched
tone
B

D
1
2 E
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A35: APA CIR
NOTE:

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
G

BSW warning lamp

H
System
CONSULT-III
display

J
K
C1A03 3 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-131
C1A04 4 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-133
C1A05 5 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-134 L
C1A06 6 OPERATION SW CIRC ON ON A, B, E, F DAS-138
LASER BEAM OFFCN-
C1A12 12 ON ON A, C, D, E DAS-140 M
TR
C1A13 13 STOP LAMP RLY FIX ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-141
C1A14 14 ECM CIRCUIT ON ON A, B, E, F DAS-147
N
C1A15 15 GEAR POSITION ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-148
C1A16 16 RADAR STAIN ON ON A, C, D, E DAS-150
C1A17 17 ICC SENSOR MALF ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-151 DAS
C1A18 18 LASER AIMING INCMP ON ON A, C, D, E DAS-152
ICC SENSOR HIGH
C1A21 21 ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-153 P
TEMP
C1A24 24 NP RANGE ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-154
C1A26 26 ECD MODE MALF ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-156
C1A27 27 ECD PWR SUPLY CIR ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-157
CAN TRANSMISSION
C1A33 33 ON A, B, E DAS-159
ERR

ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp
System
CONSULT-III
display
C1A34 34 COMMAND ERROR ON A, B, E DAS-160

C1A35 35 APA CIR ON A, E DAS-161
C1A36 36 APA CAN COMM CIR ON A, E DAS-162
C1A37 133 APA CAN CIR 2 ON A, B, E DAS-163
C1A38 132 APA CAN CIR 1 ON A, B, E DAS-164
C1A39 39 STRG SEN CIR ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G DAS-165
C1A2A 80 ICC SEN PWR SUP CIR ON ON A, C, D, E DAS-158
CAM ABNRML TMP DE-
TCT
C1F01 91 APA MOTOR MALF ON A, E DAS-166
C1F02 92 APA C/U MALF ON A, E DAS-168
C1F05 95 APA PWR SUPLY CIR ON A, E DAS-171
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER
TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED
U0121 127 VDC CAN CIR 2 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-175
U0126 130 STRG SEN CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G DAS-176
ICC SENSOR CAN
U0235 144 ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-177
CIRC 1
U0401 120 ECM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G DAS-178
U0402 122 TCM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-179


ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp

D
System
CONSULT-III
display
E
F
G
ICC SEN CAN COMM
U1502 147 ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-189
CIR
H
LOST COMM (SIDE
U1507 154 ON G DAS-506
RDR R)
LOST COMM (SIDE J
U1508 155 ON G DAS-507
RDR L)
U150B 157 ECM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G DAS-185
U150C 158 VDC CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-186 K
U150D 159 TCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-187
U150E 160 BCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G DAS-188
L
U1513 163 METER CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-190 M
U1514 164 STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G DAS-191
ICC SENSOR CAN
U1515 165 ON ON A, B, C, D, E DAS-192 N
CIRC 3
U1517 167 APA CAN CIRC 3 ON A, B, E DAS-193
DAS
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC
U1519 169 ON G DAS-511
3
P
U1520 176 4WD CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-194
NOTE:

ICC SENSOR
ICC SENSOR

Value of vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE While driving speed signal
(wheel speed)
Vehicle stopped 0.0
YAW RATE While driving Vehicle turning right Positive value
Vehicle turning left Negative value
Power supply
PWR SUP MONI Ignition switch ON voltage value of
ICC sensor
Displays the dis-
Drive the vehicle and activate tance from the
control mode cle

RELATIVE SPD the vehicle-to-vehicle distance ative speed
NOTE:
LASER OFFSET —
The item is indicated, but not used
NOTE:
LASER HEIGHT —
When setting the steering wheel in straight-ahead posi-
0.0
tion
STEERING ANGLE Ignition switch ON
When turning the steering wheel 90° rightward +90
When turning the steering wheel 90° leftward -90
Steering wheel
STRG ANGLE
Ignition switch ON At the time of turning the steering wheel turning speed is
SPEED
displayed
Horizontal cor-
L/R ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of laser beam adjustment rection value is
displayed
Vertical correc-
U/D ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of laser beam adjustment tion value is dis-
played
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPOIA0105ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES

ICC SENSOR
Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
1
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(W/G)
3 C
ITS communication-H — — —
(L)
Ground
4
Ground — Ignition switch ON 0V
(B)
D
6
ITS communication-L — — —
(Y)
E
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter. F
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec- G
Priority Detected items (DTC) H

1
2 • C1A50: ADAS MALFUNCTION I
J
• C1A21: UNIT HIGH TEMP
3 • C1A39: STRG SEN CIR K
• U0104: ADAS CAN CIR1
• U0121: VDC CAN CIR2
• U0126: STRG SEN CAN CIR1
• U0405: ADAS CAN CIR2 L
M
NOTE: N
CAN communication system (U1000, U1010) DAS
Other than CAN communication system (Other than U1000, U1010) P

ICC SENSOR
×: Applicable
DTC Fail-safe function


Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
Distance Control Assist (DCA)

CONSULT-III display Reference
CONSULT-III
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ON × × × × × × CCS-83

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR ON × × × × × × CCS-85
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR2 ON × × × × × × CCS-85
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFFCNTR ON × × × × × CCS-96
C1A16 RADAR STAIN ON × × × × × CCS-106
C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP ON × × × × × CCS-109
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ON × × × × × × CCS-111
C1A39 STRG SEN CIR ON × × × × × × CCS-124
C1A50 ADAS MALFUNCTION ON × × × × × × CCS-128
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR1 ON × × × × × × CCS-132
U0121 VDC CAN CIR2 ON × × × × × × CCS-133
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR1 ON × × × × × × CCS-135
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × × × × × × CCS-145
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × × × × × × CCS-147

ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR
A
VALUES ON THE DIAGNOSIS TOOL B

Drive the vehicle and C
When the ADAS control unit is control- It changes with the demand from
TGT FBK FRC operate the DCA sys-
ling the accelerator pedal actuator the ADAS control unit
tem
NOTE: D
TGT MOT POSI —
The item is indicated, but not used.
It changes according to the de-
ACT MOT POSI Engine running Depress accelerator pedal pressed amount of accelerator
E
pedal
It changes according to the de-
AP OPEN Engine running Depress accelerator pedal pressed amount of accelerator
pedal F
Display the accelerator pedal ac-
APA TEMP Engine running tuator integrated motor tempera-
ture G
Drive the vehicle and Display the accelerator pedal ac-
When the ADAS control unit is control-
APA CURRENT operate the DCA sys- tuator motor operation consump-
ling the accelerator pedal actuator
tem tion current H
APA PWR Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
When the accelerator pedal actuator
On
control is permitted I
APA OPE STATS Engine running
When the accelerator pedal actuator
Off
control is invalid
When the accelerator pedal actuator is
Ready
J
normal
TP NG
temporarily malfunctioning
APA STATS Engine running K
NG
malfunctioning
During the accelerator pedal actuator L
Init
operation preparations
TERMINAL LAYOUT
M
DAS
JSOIA0231ZZ
P
PHYSICAL VALUES

Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1
Battery power supply Input Ignition switch OFF Battery voltage
(B/O)
2
(B)
3
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(W/G)
4
(Y)
5
(L)
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-

1
2 • C1F02: APA C/U MALF
• C1F03: APA HI TEMP
3 • C1F05: APA PWR SUPLY CIR
• C1F06: CAN CIR2
• C1F07: CAN CIR1
NOTE:
- PAST: A malfunction was detected in the past
• IGN counter is displayed in FFD (Freeze Frame Data).
×: Applicable
CONSULT-III display ICC system warning lamp Fail-safe function Reference
C1F01: APA MOTOR MALF ON × DAS-166
C1F02: APA C/U MALF ON × DAS-168
C1F03: APA HI TEMP — — DAS-170
C1F05: APA PWR SUPLY CIR ON × DAS-171
C1F06: CAN CIR2 ON × DAS-173
C1F07: CAN CIR1 ON × DAS-174
U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × DAS-182
U1010: CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × DAS-184

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [DCA]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
DAS
JCOWM0352GB

JCOWM0353GB

DAS
JCOWM0354GB

JCOWM0355GB

DAS
JCOWM0356GB

JCOWM0357GB

DAS
JCOWM0358GB

JCOWM0359GB

DAS
JCOWM0360GB

JCOWM0361GB

DAS
JCOWM0362GB

JCOWM0363GB

DAS
JCOWM0364GB

JCOWM0365GB

DAS
JCOWM0366GB

DIAGNOSIS AND REPAIR WORK FLOW
< BASIC INSPECTION > [DCA]
BASIC INSPECTION
Work Flow INFOID:0000000006223522
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JPOIA0171GB
DETAILED FLOW
1.INTERVIEW FOR MALFUNCTION

It is also important to clarify the customer concerns before starting the inspection. Interview the customer
about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.

NOTE:
The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means···” or “maybe the cus- A
tomer mentioned this symptom”.
>> GO TO 2. B
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III
C
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” and/or “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
YES >> GO TO 5. D
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.ACTION TEST
Perform DCA system action test to check the operation status. Refer to DAS-128, "Description". E
Check if any other malfunctions occur.
>> GO TO 4. F
4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-197, "Symptom G
Table".
>> GO TO 6. H
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC
1. Check the DTC in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-100, "DTC Index" (ICC/ADAS) and/or I
DAS-108, "DTC Index" (ACCELE PEDAL ACT).
NOTE:
If “DTC: U1000” is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system or ITS communication system. J
>> GO TO 6.
6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR K
Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts.

L
>> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
M
1. Erases self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform “All DTC Reading” again after repairing or replacing the specific items.
3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” and “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
Is any DTC detected? N
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 8.
DAS
8.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST)
Perform the DCA system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms
occur. P
Is there a malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ICC SENSOR
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ICC SENSOR
• Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment after removing and installing or replacing the ICC sensor.
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the laser beam aiming adjustment is performed.
Always perform it.
• Perform the DCA system action test check that the DCA system operates normally.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006223524
1.LASER BEAM AIMING ADJUSTMENT

Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-72, "Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.DCA SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Perform the DCA system action test. Refer to DAS-128, "Description".
2. Check that the DCA system operates normally.
>> INSPECTION END

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEM-
BLY
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING ACCELERATOR PEDAL AS-
A
SEMBLY
B
• Always perform accelerator pedal released position learning when replacing the accelerator pedal assembly
or disconnecting the accelerator pedal position sensor connector.
• Perform the DCA system action test check that the DCA system operates normally. C
1.ACCELERATOR PEDAL RELEASED POSITION LEARNING D

Perform accelerator pedal released position learning. Refer to EC-146, "Description".
E
>> GO TO 2.
2.DCA SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Perform the DCA system action test. Refer to DAS-128, "Description". F
2. Check that the DCA system operates normally.
>> INSPECTION END G
DAS

ACTION TEST
ACTION TEST
Always perform the DCA system action test to check that the system operates normally after replacing the ICC
sensor, replacing the accelerator pedal assembly, or repairing any DCA system malfunction.
CAUTION:
Perform the DCA system action test after checking that the ICC system operates normally because the
DCA system shares components with the ICC system.
NOTE:
When the ICC system is set, the information display changes to the ICC system display.
1.ICC SYSTEM ACTION TEST
Perform the ICC system action test. Refer to CCS-77, "Description".
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DCA SYSTEM SETTING
2. After starting the engine wait for 30 seconds or more.
3. Check that the DCA system setting can be enabled/disabled on the navigation screen.
4. Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 5 seconds or more.
5. Check that the previous setting is saved when the engine starts again.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH
3. Enable the setting of the DCA system on the navigation screen.
4. Press the dynamic driver assistance switch (1).
5. Check that the DCA system switch indicator (2) on the informa-
tion display illuminates.
6. Check that the DCA system switch indicator turns OFF when the
system is turned OFF by pressing the dynamic driver assistance
switch.
7. Check that the DCA system switch indicator turns OFF when the
engine starts again.
NOTE:
The DCA system switch indicator does not illuminate even when the
dynamic driver assistance switch is turned ON within approximately
JSOIA0275ZZ
5 seconds after starting the engine.
If the accelerator pedal assembly is not replaced>>INSPECTION END

If the accelerator pedal assembly is replaced>>GO TO 4.
4.CHECK DCA SYSTEM OPERATION
Check that the accelerator pedal actuator operates by the “Active Test” items “ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ACTUATOR TEST1” and “ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST2” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT” with
CONSULT-III.
>> INSPECTION END

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [DCA]
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
DTC
play)
D
C1A00
(0)

G

DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)

2. Turn the DCA system ON.
ADAS”.

Check power supply and ground circuit of ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-195, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT :
Diagnosis Procedure".

C1A03 VEHICLE SPEED SENSOR
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
(On board DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
name
display)
• Wheel speed sensor
If the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) and D
unit)
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE the A/T vehicle speed sensor signal (output
• Vehicle speed sensor A/T (output speed
(3) CIRC shaft revolution signal) from TCM, received by
sensor)
the ADAS control unit via CAN communication,
• TCM
are inconsistent E
• ADAS control unit
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A03” is detected along with DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”.
F
• Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic" for DTC “U1000”.
• Refer to DAS-133, "DTC Logic" for DTC “C1A04”.
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE G
2. Turn the DCA system ON. H
3. Drive the vehicle at 30 km/h (19 MPH) or more.
CAUTION:
Always drive safely. I
4. Stop the vehicle.
J
K
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS L

Check if “C1A04” or “U1000” is detected other than “C1A03” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
M
DAS-100, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR N

2. Drive the vehicle. DAS
3. Check that the value of “VHCL SPD AT” is almost the same as the value of “VHCL SPEED SE” in “DATA
MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
CAUTION:
Be careful of the vehicle speed. P
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
1. Perform “All DTC Reading”.
2. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION”.

TM-78, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”.
BRC-51, "DTC Index".

C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
(On board dis- DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
name
play)
C1A04 If a malfunction occurs in the VDC/TCS/ABS ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
(4) system unit)
D
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A04” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
"ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
E
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS F

2. Check if the “U1000” is detected other than “C1A04” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected? G
Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. H
I
BRC-51, "DTC Index". J
DAS

C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP LAMP SW
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Stop lamp switch circuit
• ICC brake switch circuit
• Stop lamp switch
A mismatch between a stop lamp switch signal
• ICC brake switch
and a ICC brake switch signal received from
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installa-
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP L ECM and a stop lamp signal received from the
tion
(5) SW ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) con-
• Incorrect ICC brake switch installa-
tinues for 10 seconds or more with vehicle
tion
speeds at approximately 40 km/h or more
• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit)
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ICC BRAKE SWITCH
Check that “STOP LAMP SW” and “BRAKE SW” operate normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO-1 >> When “BRAKE SW” operation is malfunctioning: GO TO 4.
NO-2 >> When “STOP LAMP SW” operation is malfunctioning: GO TO 9.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH
Check that “STOP LAMP SW” operate normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ABS”.
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSTALLATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF.
2. Check ICC brake switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect ICC brake switch connector.
2. Check ICC brake switch. Refer to DAS-137, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".

YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch. A
6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
B
2. Check voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
Terminals
C
(+) (-) Voltage
ICC brake switch (Approx.)
Connector Terminal Ground D

E68 1 Battery voltage
E
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors.
7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE SWITCH AND ECM F
1. Turn ignition switch OFF
2. Disconnect ECM connector.
3. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. G
ICC brake switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal H
E68 2 E80 147 Existed
4. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
I
ICC brake switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground J
E68 2 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 8. K
8.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM L
1. Connect all connectors again if the connectors are disconnected.
2. Turn ignition switch ON.
M
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”. Refer to EC-98, "DTC Index".
YES >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result.
N
9.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH INSTALLATION
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. DAS
2. Check stop lamp switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
YES >> GO TO 10. P
NO >> Adjust stop lamp switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
10.STOP LAMP SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect stop lamp switch connector.
2. Check stop lamp switch. Refer to DAS-137, "Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch)".
YES >> GO TO 11.

NO >> Replace stop lamp switch.
11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Terminals
(+) (-) Voltage
Stop lamp switch (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ground
1
E115 Battery voltage
3
YES >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ECM
2. Disconnect ECM, rear combination lamp and high-mounted stop lamp connectors.
3. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Stop lamp switch ECM

Continuity
Connector Terminal Connector Terminal
4. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
Stop lamp switch

Continuity
E115 2 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT
(CONTROL UNIT)
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric

Stop lamp switch
unit (control unit) Continuity
Stop lamp switch

Continuity
E115 4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 14.

14.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM A

B
C
NO >> GO TO 15.
15.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”. Refer to BRC-51, "DTC Index". D
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". E
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006228069
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH F
Check for continuity between ICC brake switch terminals.

G
Terminal Condition Continuity
Not exist-
When brake pedal is depressed
1 2 ed H
When brake pedal is released Existed
I
NO >> Replace ICC brake switch.
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006228070
J

Check for continuity between stop lamp switch terminals. K

When brake pedal is depressed Existed L
1 2 Not exist-
When brake pedal is released
ed
M
When brake pedal is depressed Existed
3 4 Not exist-
ed
N
NO >> Replace stop lamp switch. DAS

C1A06 OPERATION SW
C1A06 OPERATION SW
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Any switch of the ICC steering switch is de-
tected as “ON” continuously for 60 seconds • ICC steering switch circuit
C1A06 OPERATION SW
• An ON/OFF state judgment of the ICC differs • ICC steering switch
(6) CIRC
between ECM and ADAS control unit, and the • ECM
state continues for 2 seconds or more
NOTE:
2. Wait for approximately 10 minutes after turning the DCA system ON.

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A06” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC STEERING SWITCH
2. Disconnect the ICC steering switch connector.
3. Check the ICC steering switch. Refer to DAS-139, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the steering wheel.
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN SPIRAL CABLE AND ECM
1. Disconnect the ECM connector.
2. Check for continuity between the spiral cable harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Spiral cable ECM

Continuity
25 128
M33 E80 Existed
32 130
3. Check for continuity between spiral cable harness connector and ground.

C1A06 OPERATION SW
Spiral cable A
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
25
M33 Not existed B
32
YES >> GO TO 4. C
4.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
D
Check for continuity between spiral cable terminals.
Spiral cable
Continuity E
Terminal
13 25
Existed
16 32 F
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the spiral cable. G
5.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF ECM

1. Connect the connectors of ICC steering switch and ECM connector. H
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”.
I
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer
to EC-98, "DTC Index". J
Component Inspection INFOID:0000000006228073
K
Check resistance between ICC steering switch terminals.
L
Resistance
Terminal Switch operation
[Ω]
When pressing MAIN switch Approx. 0 M
When pressing dynamic driver assistance
Approx. 267
switch
N
When pressing CANCEL switch Approx. 615
Approx.
When pressing DISTANCE switch
1090 JSOIA0319GB
13 16 DAS
Approx.
When pressing SET/COAST switch
1805
When pressing RESUME/ACCELERATE Approx.
switch 2985 P
Approx.
When all switches are not pressed
5415

C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFF CENTER
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
C1A12 Laser beam of ICC sensor is off the aiming
LASER BEAM OFFCNTR Laser beam is off the aiming point
(12) point
1.CHECK ICC SENSOR SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

2. Check if the “C1A12” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”.
Is “C1A12” detected?
YES >> Refer to CCS-96, "ICC SENSOR : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ADAS CONTROL SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if the “C1A12” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".

C1A13 STOP LAMP RELAY
A
DTC
play)
• Stop lamp inactive state continues for 0.3
seconds or more despite the outputting of D
• ICC brake hold relay circuit
an ICC sensor ICC brake hold relay drive
• Stop lamp switch
signal
C1A13 • The stop lamp remains ON for 60 seconds
STOP LAMP RLY FIX • ICC brake hold relay
(13) or more under the following conditions: E
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installation
- Driving at 40 km/h or more
• Incorrect ICC brake switch installation
- No stop lamp drive signal output from ICC
• ECM
sensor
• ABS actuator and electric unit (control F
- No brake operation
unit)
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A13” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182, G
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (1) H

2. Perform the active test item “STOP LAMP” with CONSULT-III.
I
4. Check if the “C1A13” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE (2) K
1. Drive at the vehicle speed of 40 km/h (25 MPH) or more for approximately 60 seconds or more without the
brake pedal depressed.
CAUTION: L
Always drive safely.
NOTE:
If it is outside the above condition, repeat step 1.
2. Perform “All DTC Reading”. M
3. Check if the “C1A13” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> Refer to DAS-141, "Diagnosis Procedure". N
DAS
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A13” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. P
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check that “STOP LAMP SW” operate normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.

YES >> GO TO 10.
NO >> GO TO 3.
YES >> GO TO 4.
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK STOP LAMP FOR ILLUMINATION
2. Check that the stop lamp is illuminated by depressing the brake pedal to turn the stop lamp ON.
3. Remove ICC brake hold relay.
YES >> GO TO6.
NO >> Check the stop lamp circuit, and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts.
6.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ECM
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch, ECM, rear combination lamp, and high-mounted stop lamp connectors.
3. Check for continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector and the ECM harness connector.

Continuity
Stop lamp switch

Continuity
E115 2 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY CIRCUIT
1. Connect ICC brake hold relay.
2. Disconnect the stop lamp switch connector.
3. Check that the stop lamp does not illuminate when brake pedal is not depressed.
YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY
1. Remove ICC brake hold relay
2. Check ICC hold relay. Refer to DAS-146, "Component Inspection".

YES >> GO TO 9.
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay. A
B
Is any DTC detected? C
NO >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
10.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT D

2. Remove ICC brake hold relay. E
3. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
Terminal
F
(+) (–) Voltage
ICC brake hold relay (Approx.)
Connector Terminal G
Ground
Battery
E64 1
voltage
H
YES >> GO TO 11.
NO >> Repair or replace ICC brake hold relay power supply circuit.
I
11.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN AND ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY AND ADAS CONTROL UNIT
1. Disconnect ADAS control unit connectors.
2. Check for continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ADAS control unit harness J
connector.
ICC brake hold relay ADAS control unit K

Continuity
E64 2 B61 5 Existed
L
ICC brake hold relay

Continuity M
E64 2 Not existed
Is the inspection result normal? N
YES >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT STANDARD VOLTAGE DAS

P
3. Perform “STOP LAMP” on “Active Test” of “ICC/ADAS”, and then check the voltage between ADAS con-
trol unit harness connector and ground.

Terminal
Condition
(+) (–)
Voltage
ADAS control unit Active Test (Approx.)
item
Connector Terminal “STOP LAMP”
Ground
Battery
Off
B61 5 voltage
On 0V
YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check the voltage between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
Terminal
(+) (–) Voltage
ICC brake hold relay (Approx.)
Connector Terminal
Ground
Battery
E64 3
voltage
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> Repair or replace ICC brake hold relay power supply circuit.
14.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE HOLD RELAY AND ECM
1. Disconnect ECM, rear combination lamp, and high-mounted stop lamp connectors and remove ICC brake
hold relay.
2. Check for continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake hold relay ECM

Continuity
3. Check for continuity between ICC brake hold relay harness connector and ground.
ICC brake hold relay

Continuity
E64 5 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 15.
1. Remove ICC brake hold relay.
2. Check ICC brake hold relay. Refer to DAS-146, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 16.
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay.

YES >> GO TO 21. A
NO >> GO TO 17.
B
C
YES >> GO TO 18.
18.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH D
Is the inspection result normal? E
YES >> GO TO 19.
19.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT F
1. Connect stop lamp switch connector.

2. Check the voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
G
Terminal
(+) (–) Voltage H
Connector Terminal
Ground
Battery
I
E115 3
voltage
J
YES >> GO TO 20.
NO >> Repair or replace stop lamp switch power supply circuit.
20.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT K
(CONTROL UNIT)
2. Disconnect stop lamp switch, ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connectors. L
3. Check for continuity between the stop lamp switch harness connector and the ABS actuator and electric
unit (control unit) harness connector.
M
ABS actuator and electric
Stop lamp switch
N
DAS
Stop lamp switch
Continuity
P
E115 4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 21.

NO >> GO TO 22.
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”. Refer to BRC-51, "DTC Index".

Apply battery voltage to ICC brake hold relay terminals 1 and 2, and
then check for continuity under the following conditions.

When the battery voltage is applied Existed
3 5 When the battery voltage is not ap- Not exist-
plied ed
NO >> Replace ICC brake hold relay. JSOIA0075GB

C1A14 ECM
C1A14 ECM
A
DTC
play)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
C1A14
ECM CIRCUIT If ECM is malfunctioning • ECM
(14) D
NOTE:
"ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic". E

1. Start the engine. F
2. Operate the ICC system and drive.
CAUTION:
3. Stop the vehicle. G
Is “C1A14” detected as the current malfunction? H
I
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS J

YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. K
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”.
M
EC-98, "DTC Index".
N
DAS

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
C1A15 GEAR POSITION
ADAS control unit judges the gear position based on the following signals.
• Current gear position signal transmitted from TCM via CAN communication.
• Value of gear ratio calculated from input speed signal transmitted from TCM via CAN communication.
• Value of gear ratio calculated from the vehicle speed signal transmitted from ABS actuator and electric unit
(control unit) via CAN communication.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
A mismatch between an current gear posi-
• Input speed sensor
tion signal transmitted from TCM via CAN
C1A15 • Vehicle speed sensor A/T (output speed
GEAR POSITION communication and a gear position calculat-
(15) sensor)
ed by the ADAS control unit continues for
• TCM
approximately 11 minutes or more
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A15” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, “C1A03”, or “C1A04”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”,
“C1A03”, or “C1A04”.
3. Drive the vehicle at 10 km/h (6 MPH) or faster for approximately 15 minutes or more.
CAUTION:
6. Check if “C1A15” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

Check if “C1A03”, “C1A04”, or “U1000” is detected other than “C1A15” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/
ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
Check that “VHCL SPEED SE” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
CAUTION:
Be careful of the vehicle speed.

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7. A
3.CHECK GEAR POSITION
Check that “GEAR” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
B
CAUTION:
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GEAR POSITION SIGNAL D
Check that “GEAR” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “TRANSMISSION”.
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK INPUT SPEED SENSOR SIGNAL
F
Check that “INPUT SPEED” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “TRANSMISSION”.
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Perform “All DTC Reading”. H
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to I
TM-78, "DTC Index".
7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS J

2. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”.
K
L
DAS

C1A16 RADAR STAIN
C1A16 RADAR STAIN
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Stain or foreign materials is deposit-
C1A16
RADAR STAIN If any stain occurs to ICC sensor body window ed
(16)
• Cracks or scratches exist
NOTE:
DTC “C1A16” may be detected under the following conditions. (Explain to the customer about the difference
between the contamination detection function and the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell
them “This is not malfunction”.)
• When contamination or foreign materials adhere to the ICC sensor body window
• When driving while it is snowing or when frost forms on the ICC sensor body window
• When ICC sensor body window is temporarily fogged

2. Check if the “C1A16” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”.
Is “C1A16”detected?
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
1. Erase All self-diagnosis results with CONSULT-III.
2. Perform “All DTC Reading”
Is “C1A16”detected?
YES >> Replace ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".

C1A17 ICC SENSOR
C1A17 ICC SENSOR
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
C1A17
ICC SENSOR MALF If ICC sensor is malfunctioning ICC sensor
(17)
D
NOTE:
E
1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS F

2. Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A17” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000”detected? G
DAS-151, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. H
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”.
I
CCS-55, "DTC Index". J
DAS

C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP
C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• No laser beam aiming adjustment is
C1A18 LASER AIMING IN- performed
Laser beam aiming of ICC sensor is not adjusted
(18) CMP • Laser beam aiming adjustment has
been interrupted

1.ADJUST LASER BEAM AIMING

Check if the “C1A18” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”.

C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
C1A21 ICC SENSOR HIGH Temperature around the ICC sensor
ICC sensor judges high temperature abnormality
(21) TEMP becomes high
D
2. Wait for 10 minutes or more to cool the ICC sensor. E
YES >> Refer to DAS-153, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
H
Check if “C1A21” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”.
I
CCS-111, "ICC SENSOR : DTC Logic". J
DAS

C1A24 NP RANGE
C1A24 NP RANGE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
A mismatch between a shift position signal
C1A24 transmitted from TCM via CAN communica- • TCM
NP RANGE
(24) tion and an current gear position signal contin- • Transmission range switch
ues for 60 seconds or more
NOTE:
1.CHECK DTC REPRODUCE (1)
3. Wait for approximately 5 minutes or more after shifting the selector lever to “P” position.
NO >> GO TO 2.
1. Wait for approximately 5 minutes or more after shifting the selector lever to “N” position.

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK NP POSITION SWITCH SIGNAL
Check that “NP RANGE SW” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK TCM DATA MONITOR
Check that “SLCT LVR POSI” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “TRANSMISSION”.
NO >> GO TO 4.

C1A24 NP RANGE
4.PERFORM TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS A

Is any DTC detected? B
TM-78, "DTC Index".
C
DAS

C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION
C1A26 ECD MODE MALFUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
display)
C1A26 ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ECD MODE MALF If an abnormal condition occurs with ECD system
(26) unit)
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A26” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, “U0415” or “U0121” first diagnose the DTC “U1000”,
“U0415” or “U0121”.
• DTC “U1000”: Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
• DTC “U0415”: Refer to DAS-180, "DTC Logic".
2. Wait for approximately 1 minute after turning the DCA system ON.

Check if “U1000”, “U0415” or “U0121” is detected other than “C1A26” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/
ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C1A27 ECD POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A
DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
display)
• ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
C1A27 ECD system power supply voltage is excessively trol unit) power supply circuit D
ECD PWR SUPLY CIR
(27) low • ABS actuator and electric unit (con-
trol unit)
NOTE: E
If DTC “C1A27” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, “U0415” or “U0121” first diagnose the DTC “U1000”,
“U0415” or “U0121”.
• DTC “U1000”: Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
• DTC “U0415”: Refer to DAS-180, "DTC Logic". F
G
2. Wait for approximately 1 minute after turning the DCA system ON. H
Is “C1A27” detected as the current malfunction? I
J

K
Check if “U1000”, “U0415” or “U0121” is detected other than “C1A27” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/
ADAS”.
L
NO >> GO TO 2.
M
2.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT OF ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT)
Check power supply circuit of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-113, "Diagnosis Pro-
cedure". N
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis of ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit). Refer to BRC-51, "DTC
Index". DAS

C1A2A ICC SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
C1A2A ICC SENSOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
C1A2A • Harness, connector, fuse
ICC SEN PWR SUP CIR Abnormal power supply voltage in ICC sensor
(80) • ICC sensor

4. Check if the “C1A2A” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A2A” detected as the current malfunction?

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A2A” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ICC SENSOR SELF-DIAGNOSIS
CCS-55, "DTC Index".

C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR
C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION ERROR
A
DTC
play)
C1A33 CAN TRANSMISSION If an error occurs in the CAN communication
ADAS control unit
(33) ERR signal that ADAS control unit transmits to ECM
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “C1A33” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
NO >> Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". H
I
Is “U1000” detected? J
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". K
DAS

C1A34 COMMAND ERROR
C1A34 COMMAND ERROR
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
If an error occurs in the command signal that
C1A34
COMMAND ERROR ADAS control unit transmits to ECM via CAN ADAS control unit
(34)
communication
NOTE:
CAUTION:


A
DTC
play)
C1A35 If the accelerator pedal actuator is malfunc-
APA CIR Accelerator pedal actuator
(35) tioning
D
NOTE:
E

4. Check if the “C1A35” is detected as the current malfunction in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 2. H
I
YES >> Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. J
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS K
Check if the DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to L
M
DAS

C1A36 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN COMM
C1A36 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN COMM
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
If an error occurs in the signal that the accel- • ADAS control unit
C1A36
APA CAN COMM CIR erator pedal actuator transmits via ITS com- • Accelerator pedal actuator
(36)
munication • ITS communication system
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if the DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.

C1A37 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 2
A
DTC
play)
If ADAS control unit detects an error signal
C1A37
APA CAN CIR2 that is received from accelerator pedal actu- Accelerator pedal actuator malfunction
(133) D
ator via ITS communication
NOTE:

I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A37” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. J
Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.REPLACE ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
1. Turn the ignition switch OFF. L
2. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
4. Erases all self-diagnosis results. M
5. Perform “All DTC Reading” again.
6. Check if the DTC “C1A37” is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1A37” detected? N
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
C1A38
APA CAN CIR1 that is received from accelerator pedal actu- Accelerator pedal actuator malfunction
(132)
ator via ITS communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
3. Erases All self-diagnosis results.
5. Check if the “C1A38” is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.

C1A39 STEERING ANGLE SENSOR
A
DTC
play)
C1A39
STRG SEN CIR If the steering angle sensor is malfunction Steering angle sensor
(39)
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “C1A39” is detected as the current malfunction in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". M
DAS

C1F01 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006228122
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
C1F01 If the accelerator pedal actuator motor error Accelerator pedal actuator integrated
APA MOTOR MALF
(91) is detected motor malfunction

3. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal completely, and then release it.
4. Repeat step 3 several times.
6. Check if the DTC “C1F01” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/
ADAS”.
Is “C1F01” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-166, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006228123

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1F01” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if “C1F01” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
Is “C1F01” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-166, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic".
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223586
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes

If the accelerator pedal actuator motor error Accelerator pedal actuator integrated
C1F01 APA MOTOR MALF
is detected motor malfunction

3. Slowly depress the accelerator pedal completely, and then release it.

4. Repeat step 3 several times.
5. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. A
6. Check if the DTC “C1F01” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/
ADAS” or “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
Is “C1F01” detected as the current malfunction? B
YES >> Refer to DAS-167, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223587 C

D
Perform DTC confirmation procedure. If “C1F01” is detected, replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to
DAS-213, "Exploded View".
E
>> INSPECTION END
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
C1F02 If the accelerator pedal actuator integrated Accelerator pedal actuator integrated
APA C/U MALF
(92) control unit error is detected control unit malfunction

4. Check if the “C1F02” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.

NO >> GO TO 2.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If the accelerator pedal actuator integrated Accelerator pedal actuator integrated
C1F02 APA C/U MALF
control unit error is detected control unit malfunction
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223591

4. Check if the “C1F02” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT” or “ICC/ADAS”

YES >> Replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to DAS-213, "Exploded View".
NO >> INSPECTION END A
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
Trouble diagnosis
DTC DTC detecting condition Possible causes
name
• The temperature of the motor integrated in the
accelerator pedal actuator remains 100°C
(212°F) or more for 0.4 seconds or more Accelerator pedal actuator integrated
C1F03 APA HI TEMP
• The temperature of the motor drive circuit inte- motor malfunction
grated in the accelerator pedal actuator remains
120°C (248°F) or more for 0.4 seconds or more
NOTE:
When the accelerator pedal actuator operates excessively, “C1F03” may be detected temporarily.
2. Wait for 10 minutes or more and cool the accelerator pedal actuator integrated motor.
3. Drive the vehicle with DCA system ON and operate the system.
CAUTION:
6. Check if the DTC “C1F03” is detected as the current malfunction in self-diagnosis results of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”.

Perform DTC confirmation procedure. If “C1F03” is detected, replace the accelerator pedal assembly. Refer to
DAS-213, "Exploded View".
>> INSPECTION END

C1F05 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC C
display)
C1F05
The battery voltage sent to accelerator pedal
• Harness, connector, or fuse
D
APA PWR SUPLY CIR actuator remains less than 7.9 V or more than
(95) • Accelerator pedal actuator
19.3 V for 5 seconds

4. Check if the “C1F05” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
G
H
1.CHECK ADAS CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS I

J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS K

Is “C1F05” detected? L
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR M
N
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DAS
The battery voltage sent to accelerator pedal
• Harness, connector, or fuse
C1F05 APA PWR SUPLY CIR actuator remains less than 7.9 V or more than
• Accelerator pedal actuator
19.3 V for 5 seconds
P

4. Check if the “C1F05” is detected as the current malfunction on the self-diagnosis results of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”.
YES >> Refer to DAS-172, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CHECK POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT

Check the accelerator pedal actuator power supply circuit. Refer toDAS-195, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL
ACTUATOR : Diagnosis Procedure".

C1F06 CAN CIRCUIT2
C1F06 CAN CIRCUIT2
A

If accelerator pedal actuator detects an error C
C1F06 CAN CIR 2 signal that is received from ADAS control unit ADAS control unit
via ITS communication
NOTE: D
If DTC “C1F06” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
"ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic".
4. Check if the “C1F06” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”. G
I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1F06” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
Refer to DAS-182, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2. K
2.REPLACE ADAS CONTROL UNIT
L
2. Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
5. Check if the “C1F06” is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”. M
NO >> INSPECTION END N
DAS

C1F07 CAN CIRCUIT1
C1F07 CAN CIRCUIT1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If accelerator pedal actuator detects an error
C1F07 CAN CIR 1 signal that is received from ADAS control unit ADAS control unit
via ITS communication
NOTE:
If DTC “C1F07” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
4. Check if the “C1F07” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”.

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1F07” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.
Refer to DAS-182, "ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
5. Check if the “C1F07” is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”.

U0121 VDC CAN 2
U0121 VDC CAN 2
A
DTC
play)
U0121 ABS actuator and electric unit (control
VDC CAN CIR2 that is received from ABS actuator and electric
(127) unit) D
unit (control unit) via CAN communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U0121” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,

I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U0121” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. J
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”. L
BRC-51, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U0126 STRG SEN CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U0126
STRG SEN CAN CIR1 that is received from steering angle sensor via Steering angle sensor
(130)
CAN communication
NOTE:

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U0126” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN 1
A
DTC
play)
U0235 ICC SENSOR CAN
that is received from ICC sensor via ITS com- ICC sensor
(144) CIR1 D
munication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”. L
CCS-55, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U0401 ECM CAN 1
U0401 ECM CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
U0401
ECM CAN CIR1 that is received from ECM via CAN communi- ECM
(120)
cation
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK ECM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
EC-98, "DTC Index".

U0402 TCM CAN 1
U0402 TCM CAN 1
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
U0402
TCM CAN CIRC1 that is received from TCM via CAN communi- TCM
(122) D
cation
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION”. L
TM-78, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U0415 VDC CAN 1
U0415 VDC CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
(126) unit)
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

A
DTC
play)
U0428
(131) D
CAN communication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000006228145
CAN COMMUNICATION
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links with
CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-28, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica-
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
cation signal for 2 seconds or more
NOTE:
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS

2. Turn the DCA system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more.
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description INFOID:0000000006223619
ITS COMMUNICATION
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with 2 communication lines
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes A

If accelerator pedal actuator is not transmitting or
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT receiving ITS communication signal for 2 sec- ITS communication system
onds or more
B
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS C

2. Turn the DCA system ON, and then wait for 2 seconds or more.
3. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. D
4. Check if the “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”.
Is “U1000” detected as the current malfunction? E
F
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)

ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR : Description INFOID:0000000006223625
CAN controller controls the communication of ITS communication signal and the error detection.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If accelerator pedal actuator detects malfunc-
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Accelerator pedal actuator
tion by CAN controller initial diagnosis

3. Check if the “U1010” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE
PEDAL ACT”.
YES >> Replace the accelerator pedal actuator. Refer to DAS-213, "Exploded View".

U150B ECM CAN 3
U150B ECM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
U150B ADAS control unit detects an error signal that is
ECM CAN CIRC 3 ECM
(157) received from ECM via CAN communication
D
NOTE:
If DTC “U150B” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
E
F
4. Check if the “U150B” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
Is “U150B” detected as the current malfunction?
I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150B” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
EC-98, "DTC Index".
DAS

U150C VDC CAN 3
U150C VDC CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U150C ABS actuator and electric unit (control
VDC CAN CIRC 3 received from ABS actuator and electric unit
(158) unit)
(control unit) via CAN communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U150C” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
4. Check if the “U150C” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U150C” detected as the current malfunction?

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150C” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

U150D TCM CAN 3
U150D TCM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
U150D ADAS control unit detects an error signal that is
TCM CAN CIRC 3 TCM
(159) received from TCM via CAN communication
D
NOTE:
If DTC “U150D” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
E
F
4. Check if the “U150D” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
Is “U150D” detected as the current malfunction?
I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150D” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2. K
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “TRANSMISSION”.
L
TM-78, "DTC Index".
DAS

U150E BCM CAN 3
U150E BCM CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U150E ADAS control unit detects an error signal that is
BCM CAN CIRC 3 BCM
(160) received from BCM via CAN communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U150E” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-182,
4. Check if the “U150E” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U150E” detected as the current malfunction?

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150E” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “BCM”.
BCS-57, "DTC Index".

U1502 ICC SENSOR CAN COMM CIRC
U1502 ICC SENSOR CAN COMM CIRC
A
DTC
play)
U1502 ICC SEN CAN COMM
received from ICC sensor via CAN communi- ICC sensor
(147) CIR D
cation
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LASER”. L
CCS-55, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U1513 METER CAN 3
U1513 METER CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1513
METER CAN CIRC 3 received from combination meter via CAN Combination meter
(163)
communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “METER/M&A”.
MWI-43, "DTC Index".

A
DTC
play)
U1514
STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3 received from steering angle sensor via CAN Steering angle sensor
(165) D
communication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1515 ICC SENSOR CAN
received from ICC sensor via CAN communi- ICC sensor
(165) CIRC 3
cation
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
CCS-55, "DTC Index".

U1517 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 3
U1517 ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
U1517
APA CAN CIRC 3 received from accelerator pedal actuator via Accelerator pedal actuator
(167) D
CAN communication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT”. L
DAS-108, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U1520 4WD CAN 3
U1520 4WD CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1520
4WD CAN CIRC 3 received from transfer control unit via CAN Transfer control unit
(176)
communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ALL MODE AWD/4WD”.
DLN-29, "DTC Index".

A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
C
Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage D
Ignition
Ground OFF 0V
E
ON
age
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit connector. H
ADAS control unit I

Continuity
B61 6 Existed
J
K
L
1.CHECK FUSES
Check if any of the following fuses are blown:
M
Signal name Fuse No.
Battery power supply 33
N
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the blown fuse after repairing the affected circuit if a fuse is blown. DAS
2.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between accelerator pedal actuator harness connector and ground.
P

Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage
Accelerator pedal actuator (Approx.)
Ignition
Ground
1 OFF Battery volt-
E66
3 ON age

YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the accelerator pedal actuator power supply circuit.
3.CHECK ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the accelerator pedal actuator connector.
3. Check for continuity between accelerator pedal actuator harness connector and ground.
Accelerator pedal actuator

Continuity
E66 2 Existed
NO >> Repair the accelerator pedal actuator ground circuit.

DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [DCA]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
Symptom Table INFOID:0000000006223650
B
Symptoms Reference page

C
Switch does not turn ON
Refer to DAS-198, "Description".
Switch does not turn OFF
DCA system setting cannot be turned ON on the D
Operation navigation screen
DCA system setting cannot be turned OFF on the
navigation screen E
DCA system not activated (switch is ON) Refer to DAS-201, "Description".
Information display is not illuminated (vehicle
Refer to MWI-29, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
Display/Chime ahead indicator) F
Chime does not sound Refer to DAS-203, "Description".
No force generated for putting back the accelera-
Control Refer to DAS-205, "Description".
tor pedal G
Frequently cannot detect the vehicle ahead
Detection zone is short
H
Detection of lead System misidentifies a vehicle even though there • Adjust laser beam aiming: Refer to CCS-72, "Descrip-
vehicle is no vehicle ahead tion".
System misidentifies a vehicle in the next lane • Perform action test. Refer to DAS-128, "Description".
I
System does not detect the vehicle ahead at all Refer to DAS-208, "Description".
DAS

SWITCH DOES NOT TURN ON / SWITCH DOES NOT TURN OFF
The switch does not turn ON

• When the DCA system setting is ON, the DCA system switch indicator does not illuminate even if the
dynamic driver assistance switch is depressed.
The switch does not turn OFF
• The DCA system switch indicator does not turn OFF even if the dynamic driver assistance switch is pressed
when the DCA system switch indicator illuminates.
NOTE:
The system cannot be operated when setting conventional (fixed speed) cruise control mode.

3. Check that DCA system setting on the navigation screen is ON.
Is DCA system setting ON?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Enable the DCA system setting.
2.DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH INSPECTION
2. Check that “DYNA ASIST SW” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 5.
3.CHECK DCA SYSTEM SWITCH INDICATOR CIRCUIT
2. Select the active test item “DCA INDICATOR” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
3. Check if the DCA system switch indicator illuminates when the test item is operated.
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF COMBINATION METER
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “METER/M&A”. Refer to MWI-43, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 7.
NO >> GO TO 6.
5.CHECK STEERING SWITCH CIRCUIT
Check the steering switch circuit. Refer to DAS-138, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 7.
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”. Refer to DAS-100, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 7.

NO >> GO TO 8.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS. A
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

B
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DCA SYSTEM
C
1. Erase “self-diagnosis result”, and then perform “All DTC Reading” again after performing the action test.
(Refer to DAS-128, "Description" for action test.)
2. Check that the DCA system is normal.
D
>> INSPECTION END
DAS

DCA SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVIGATION
SCREEN
DCA SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVI-
GATION SCREEN
• DCA system setting is not selectable on the navigation screen.

NOTE:
When the ignition switch is in ACC position, DCA system settings cannot be changed.
- “Distance Control Assist” is not indicated on the navigation screen.
- The switching between ON and OFF cannot be performed by operating the navigation system.
- The item of “Distance Control Assist” on the navigation screen is not active.
• After turning ON the ignition switch or starting the engine, DCA settings of the navigation system cannot be
selected for several tens of seconds under the following conditions:
- After replacing AV control unit.
- After erasing connection history of the navigation system.
- After erasing self-diagnosis results.
• The DCA system setting differs from the one set at the previous driving.
NOTE:
Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 5 seconds or more.

2. Check that the DCA system settings is selectable on the navigation screen.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”, “MULTI AV” and “METER/M&A”.
Refer to the following.
- ICC/ADAS: DAS-100, "DTC Index"
- MULTI AV: AV-57, "DTC Index"
- METER/M&A: WCS-30, "DTC Index"
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Check that “DCA SELECT” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
YES >> Refer to AV-28, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Operate the multifunction switch to check that the audio, navigation system, and air conditioner operate prop-
erly.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

DCA SYSTEM NOT ACTIVATED (SWITCH IS ON)
A
The dynamic driver assistance switch can be turned ON/OFF, but the DCA system does not operate. B
NOTE:
Never start the operation under the following conditions.
No operation condition
• When the brake pedal depressed C
• When the ICC system is set
• When the system judges that the vehicle comes to a standstill by the system control
• When the vehicle ahead is not detected D
Operation cancellation condition
• When the dynamic driver assistance switch is turned to OFF
• When the system malfunction occurs
• When ABS or VDC (including the TCS) operates E
• When the VDC is turned OFF
• When driving into a strong light (i.e., sunlight)
• When the ICC sensor body window is dirty and the measurement of the distance between the vehicles F
becomes difficult
• When ABS warning lamp is ON
• When the SNOW mode switch is turned ON
• When the 4WD shift switch is not AUTO position G
H
1.CHECK CAUSE OF AUTOMATIC CANCELLATION
Check if there is any cancellation cause in the “CAUSE OF AUTO-CANCEL” on “WORK SUPPORT” of “ICC/
ADAS” with CONSULT-III. I
Is it displayed?
Not displayed>>GO TO 2.
“OPE SW VOLT CIRC”>>Refer to DAS-138, "DTC Logic". J
“VHCL SPD UNMATCH”>>Refer to DAS-131, "DTC Logic".
“IGN LOW VOLT”>>Refer to DAS-130, "DTC Logic".
“CAN COMM ERROR”>>Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
K
“ICC SENSOR CAN COMM ERR”>>Refer to DAS-177, "DTC Logic".
“ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC”>>Refer to DAS-133, "DTC Logic".
“APA HI TEMP”>>Refer to DAS-170, "DTC Logic".
“ECD CIRCUIT”>>Refer to DAS-156, "DTC Logic". L
2.PERFORM ALL OF THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS
1. Perform “All DTC Reading”. M
2. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”. Refer to DAS-100, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 3. N
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts identified by the self-diagnosis result. DAS
>> GO TO 6.
P
4.CHECK EACH SWITCH AND VEHICLE SPEED SIGNAL
2. Check that the following items operate normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
- “VHCL SPEED SE”
- “BRAKE SW”
- “DYNA ASIST SW”
Is there a malfunctioning item?

All items are normal>>GO TO 5.
“VHCL SPEED SE”>>Refer to DAS-131, "DTC Logic".
“BRAKE SW”>>Refer to DAS-134, "DTC Logic".
“DYNA ASIST SW”>>Refer to DAS-138, "DTC Logic".
Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK DCA SYSTEM
>> INSPECTION END

CHIME DOES NOT SOUND
A
The warning chime may not sound in some cases when there is a short distance between vehicles. Some B
examples are:
• When the vehicles are traveling at the same speed and the distance between vehicles is not changing
• When the vehicle ahead is traveling faster and the distance between vehicles is increasing
• When a vehicle cuts in near own vehicle C
• The warning chime will not sound when own vehicle approaches vehicles that are parked or moving slowly.
• The warning chime does not sound when the system does not detect any vehicle ahead. (Diagnose the con-
ditions under which the system is detecting the vehicle ahead and when the system is malfunctioning. If D
there is any malfunction in detecting the vehicle ahead, check the system following the DAS-206, "Descrip-
tion".)
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223658 E
1.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST

Check if the warning chime sounds on the active test item “ICC BUZZER” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III. F
Does the warning chime sound?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. G
2.CHECK THE MALFUNCTION SYMPTOM DURING WARNING CHIME OPERATION
Understand the vehicle ahead detection condition when the malfunction occurred. If the warning chime should H
have sounded, replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation".
>> GO TO 9. I
J
2. Check if the “U1000” is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 4.
K
NO >> GO TO 5.
4.CAN COMMUNICATIONS INSPECTION
Check the CAN communication and repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to DAS-182, "ADAS CON- L
TROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
>> GO TO 9. M
5.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS OF COMBINATION METER
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. N
2. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “METER/M&A”.
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to MWI-43, "DTC Index". DAS
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ICC WARNING CHIME CIRCUIT
Check meter buzzer. Refer to WCS-40, "Component Function Check". P
YES >> GO TO 8.
NO >> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR OR REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

>> GO TO 9.
>> GO TO 9.
9.CHECK DCA SYSTEM
2. Check if the DCA system is normal.
>> INSPECTION END

NO FORCE GENERATED FOR PUTTING BACK THE ACCELERATOR PEDAL
NO FORCE GENERATED FOR PUTTING BACK THE ACCELERATOR
A
PEDAL
B
The dynamic driver assistance switch can be turned ON/OFF but the actuation force of accelerator pedal is
not generated.
NOTE: C
• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator does not illuminate, the control and warning with the system are
not performed.
• The actuation force of accelerator pedal may not be generated sufficiently depending on depressing method
or depressing amount of accelerator pedal. D
E
2. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” or “ACCELE PEDAL ACT“. F
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3. G
2.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE MALFUNCTIONING PARTS
Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to DAS-100, "DTC Index" (ICC/ADAS) or DAS-108, "DTC Index"
H
(ACCELE PEDAL ACT).
>> GO TO 5.
I
3.PERFORM ACTIVE TEST
Check if the accelerator pedal actuator operates by the active test items “ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUA-
TOR TEST1” and “ACCELERATOR PEDAL ACTUATOR TEST2” of “ACCELE PEDAL ACT” with CONSULT- J
III.
Does it operate?
YES >> GO TO 4. K
NO >> Replace the accelerator pedal assembly.
4.CHECK VEHICLE AHEAD DETECTION PERFORMANCE
L
Understand the vehicle ahead detection condition when the malfunction occurred. If the detecting function is
malfunctioning, check according to DAS-206, "Description".
M
>> INSPECTION END
5.CHECK DCA SYSTEM
1. Erase “self-diagnosis result”, and then perform “All DTC Reading” again after performing the action test. N
2. Check if the DCA system is normal.
DAS
>> INSPECTION END

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS
SHORT
FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION
ZONE IS SHORT
Symptom check: Detection function may become unstable under the following conditions.
• When the reflector of vehicle ahead is broken or dirty.
• When the vehicle is driving on a curve such as S-curve where the curvature changes.
• When the vehicle is driving on up-and-down road or passing the peak or foot of slope or passing the break of
the inclination of hill.
1.VISUAL CHECK (1)

Check ICC sensor body window for contamination and foreign materials.
Do foreign materials adhere?
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> GO TO 3.
2.WIPE OUT DIRT AND FOREIGN OBJECTS
Wipe out the contamination and/or foreign materials from the ICC sensor body window.
>> GO TO 7.
3.VISUAL CHECK (2)
Check ICC sensor body window for cracks and/or scratches.
Are there cracks?
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
1. Adjust the laser beam aiming. Refer to CCS-72, "Description".
2. Perform action test. Refer to DAS-128, "Description".
3. Check that the vehicle ahead detection performance improves.
Does it improve?
NO >> GO TO 5.
5.REPLACE ICC SENSOR
1. Replace the ICC sensor. Refer to DAS-212, "Exploded View".
Does it improve?
NO >> GO TO 6.
>> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK DCA SYSTEM

FREQUENTLY CANNOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD / DETECTION ZONE IS
SHORT
>> INSPECTION END
A
DAS

THE SYSTEM DOES NOT DETECT THE VEHICLE AHEAD AT ALL
When DCA system is active, the DCA system does not perform any control even through there is a vehicle
ahead.
1.CHECK INFORMATION DISPLAY

1. Start the self-diagnosis mode of combination meter. Refer to MWI-29, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
2. Check that the segment of information display is displayed normally.
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace the combination meter.
2.VISUAL CHECK (1)
Check ICC sensor body window for contamination and/or foreign materials.
Do foreign materials adhere?
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.
3.WIPE OUT DIRT AND FOREIGN MATERIALS
Wipe out the contamination and/or foreign materials from the ICC sensor body window.
>> GO TO 8.
4.VISUAL CHECK (2)
Check ICC sensor body window for cracks and/or scratches.
Are there cracks?
YES >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 5.
Does it improve?
NO >> GO TO 6.
6.REPLACE ICC SENSOR
1. Replace the ICC sensor. Refer to DAS-212, "Exploded View".
>> GO TO 7.
>> GO TO 8.
8.CHECK DCA SYSTEM

A
>> INSPECTION END
DAS

NORMAL OPERATING CONDITION
PRECAUTIONS FOR DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST (DCA) SYSTEM

• If the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the sys-
tem. The system will cancel once it judges that the vehicle has come to a standstill with a warning chime. To
prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal.
• The DCA system will not apply brake control while the driver is depressing the accelerator pedal.
• This system is only an aid to assist the driver and is not a collision warning or avoidance device. It is the
driver's responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• This system will not adapt automatically to road conditions. Do not use the system on roads with sharp
curves, or on icy roads, in heavy rain or in fog.
• The distance sensor will not detect under most conditions.
- Stationary and slow moving vehicles
- Pedestrians or objects in the roadway
- Motorcycles traveling offset in the travel lane
• As there is a performance limit to the distance control function, never rely solely on the DCA system. This
system does not correct careless, inattentive or absent-minded driving, or overcome poor visibility in rain,
fog, or other bad weather. Decelerate the vehicle speed by depressing the brake pedal, depending on the
distance to the vehicle ahead and the surrounding circumstances in order to maintain a safe distance
between vehicles.
• The system may not detect the vehicle in front of own vehicle in certain road or weather conditions. To avoid
accidents, never use the DCA system under the following conditions.
- On roads with sharp curves
- On slippery road surfaces such as on ice or snow, etc.
- On off-road surfaces such as on sand or rock, etc.
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, etc.)
- When strong light (for example, at sunrise or sunset) is directly shining on the front of the vehicle
- When rain, snow or dirt adhere to the system sensor
- On steep downhill roads (frequent braking may result in overheating the brakes)
- On repeated uphill and downhill roads
- When towing a trailer or other vehicle
• In some road or traffic conditions, a vehicle or object can unexpectedly come into the sensor detection zone
and cause automatic braking. Driver may need to control the distance from other vehicles using the acceler-
ator pedal. Always stay alert and avoid using the DCA system when it is not recommended in this section.
• The following are some conditions in which the sensor cannot detect the signals.
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is positioned high on the vehicle (trailer, etc.)
- When the reflector on the vehicle ahead is missing, damaged or covered
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt, snow and road spray
- When the snow or road spray from traveling vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
- When dense exhaust or other smoke (black smoke) from vehicles reduces the sensor's visibility
- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of own vehicle
• The DCA system is designed to automatically check the sensor's operation. When the sensor is covered
with dirt or is obstructed, the system will automatically be canceled. If the sensor is covered with ice, a trans-
parent or translucent vinyl bag, etc., the DCA system may not detect them. In these instances, the DCA sys-
tem may not be able to decelerate the vehicle properly. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.
• The DCA system is designed to help assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle
ahead. The system will decelerate as necessary and if the vehicle ahead comes to a stop, the vehicle decel-
erates to standstill. However, the DCA system can only apply up to 25% of the vehicles total braking power.
If a vehicle moves into the traveling lane ahead or if a vehicle traveling ahead rapidly decelerates, the dis-
tance between vehicles may become closer because the DCA system cannot decelerate the vehicle quickly
enough. If this occurs, the DCA system will sound a warning chime and blink the system display to notify the
driver to take necessary action.
• The DCA system does not control vehicle speed or warn when driver approach stationary and slow moving
vehicles. Driver must pay attention to vehicle operation to maintain proper distance from vehicles ahead.

• The detection zone of the sensor is limited. A vehicle ahead must
be in the detection zone for the system to operate. A
- A vehicle ahead may move outside of the detection zone due to its
position within the same lane of travel. Motorcycles may not be
detected in the same lane ahead if they are traveling offset from
B
the center line of the lane. A vehicle that is entering the lane ahead
may not be detected until the vehicle has completely moved into
the lane. If this occurs, the system may warn driver by blinking the
system indicator and sounding the chime. The driver may have to C
manually control the proper distance away from vehicle traveling
ahead.
D
G
JPOIA0221ZZ
- When driving on some roads, such as winding, hilly, curved, nar- H

row roads, or roads which are under construction, the sensor may
detect vehicles in a different lane, or may temporarily not detect a
vehicle traveling ahead. This may cause the system to work inap-
propriately. The detection of vehicles may also be affected by vehi- I
cle operation (steering maneuver or traveling position in the lane,
etc.) or vehicle condition. If this occurs, the system may warn
driver by blinking the system indicator and sounding the chime J
unexpectedly. The driver will have to manually control the proper
distance away from the vehicle traveling ahead.
• The approach warning chime may sound and the system display
may blink when the sensor detects some reflectors which are fitted K
on vehicles in other lanes or on the side of the road. This may
cause the DCA system to operate inappropriately. The sensor may
detect these reflectors when the vehicle is driven on winding L
roads, hilly roads or when entering or exiting a curve. The sensor
may also detect reflectors on narrow roads or in road construction
zones. In these cases driver will have to manually control the
proper distance ahead of own vehicle. Also, the sensor sensitivity M
can be affected by vehicle operation (steering maneuver or driving
position in the lane) or traffic or vehicle condition (for example, if a
vehicle is being driven with some damage). N
• The DCA system automatically decelerates own vehicle to help
JPOIA0220ZZ
assist the driver to maintain a following distance from the vehicle
ahead. Manually brake when deceleration is required to maintain a safe distance upon sudden braking by
DAS
the vehicle ahead or when a vehicle suddenly appears in front of own vehicle. Always stay alert when using
the DCA system.
• When the vehicle ahead detection indicator lamp is not illuminated, system will not control or warn the driver.
• Never place a foot under the brake pedal. A foot may be caught when the system controls the brake. P
• If the vehicle ahead comes to a standstill, the vehicle decelerates to a standstill within the limitations of the
system. The system will release brake control with a warning chime once it judges the vehicle is at a stand-
still. To prevent the vehicle from moving, the driver must depress the brake pedal. [The system will resume
control automatically once the system reaches 5 km/h (3 MPH)].

ICC SENSOR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [DCA]
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

ICC SENSOR
Exploded View INFOID:0000000006228177
CAUTION:
Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment and check the operation after the replacement,
removal and installation of ICC sensor.
JSOIA0363ZZ
1. ICC sensor 2. Front bumper reinforcement
REMOVAL
1. Remove front under cover. Refer to EXT-25, "Exploded View".
2. Disconnect the connector of ICC sensor.
3. Remove the bolts.
4. Remove ICC sensor from front bumper reinforcement.
NOTE:
Remove ICC sensor from under the bumper.
INSTALLATION
CAUTION:
Always perform the laser beam aiming adjustment and check the operation after the replacement,
removal, and installation of ICC sensor. Refer to CCS-71, "Description".

ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY
A
Refer to ACC-4, "MODELS WITH DISTANCE CONTROL ASSIST SYSTEM : Exploded View". B
CAUTION:
Always perform accelerator pedal released position learning after replacement, removal, or installa-
tion of accelerator pedal assembly, and then check the DCA system operation. Refer to DAS-127,
"Description". C
DAS

DYNAMIC DRIVER ASSISTANCE SWITCH
Dynamic driver assistance switch is integrated in the ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Exploded View".
NOTE:
Always remove ICC steering switch together with steering wheel.

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [FCW]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for FCW System Service INFOID:0000000006223670
B
CAUTION:
• Never look straight into the laser beam discharger when adjusting laser beam aiming.
• Turn the FCW system OFF in conditions similar to driving, such as free rollers or a chassis dyna- C
mometer.
• Never use the ICC sensor removed from vehicle. Never disassemble or remodel.
• Erase DTC when replacing parts of ICC system, then check the operation of ICC system after adjust- D
ing laser beam aiming if necessary.
• Never change FCW initial state ON ⇒ OFF without the consent of the customer.
E
DAS

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [FCW]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JSOIA0366ZZ
1. Information display, IBA OFF indica- 2. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 3. ICC sensor
tor lamp, buzzer trol unit) Refer to CCS-9, "Component Parts
(On the combination meter) Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts Location"
Location"
4. Warning systems switch 5. Warning systems ON indicator 6. ADAS control unit
Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts
Location"
A. Instrument lower panel (LH)
• ADAS control unit turns ON warning systems ON indicator
ADAS control unit • ADAS control unit transmits a buzzer output signal to combination meter via CAN commu-
nication
• ICC sensor detects light reflected from a vehicle ahead by irradiating laser forward and cal-
culates a distance from the vehicle ahead and a relative speed, based on the detected sig-
ICC sensor nal
• ICC sensor transmits the presence/absence of a vehicle ahead and a distance from the ve-
hicle ahead to the ADAS control unit via CAN communication
ABS actuator and electric unit ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed),
(control unit) to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Warning systems switch Inputs the warning systems switch signal to ADAS control unit.

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Turns warning systems ON indicator ON/OFF according to the signals from the ADAS control
Warning systems ON indicator
unit
(In the warning systems switch)
Warning systems ON indicator turns on, according to an warning systems ON indicator signal.
Performs the following operations using the signals received from the ADAS control unit via B
the CAN communication
Combination meter • Blinks the vehicle ahead detection indicator according to a meter display signal
• Illuminates the IBA OFF indicator lamp using the IBA OFF indicator lamp signal
• Operates the buzzer (ICC warning chime) using the buzzer output signal
C
DAS

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0279GB

Input Signal Item

and electric unit munica- Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
(control unit) tion
ITS com-
sence of a leading vehicle and distance from the vehicle
tion
tems switch switch
Output Signal Item

Meter display Vehicle ahead detec- Transmits a signal to display a state of the system on
signal tion indicator signal the information display
• Transmits a signal to turn ON the IBA OFF indicator
Combination CAN commu- lamp
IBA OFF indicator lamp signal
meter nication • Transmits an ON/OFF state of the intelligent brake
assist
Transmits a buzzer output signal to activate the buzz-
er
ITS commu- Transmits a vehicle speed calculated by the ADAS
ICC sensor Vehicle speed signal
nication control unit
Warning sys-
cator
DESCRIPTION
• The Forward Collision Warning (FCW) system will warn the driver by a warning lamp (vehicle ahead detec-
tion indicator) and chime when own vehicle is getting close to the vehicle ahead in the traveling lane.

SYSTEM
• The FCW system will function when own vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 15 km/h (10 MPH) and
above. A
NOTE:
The FCW system shares the diagnosis function with ICC system.
FUNCTION DESCRIPTION B
The distance from the vehicle ahead and a relative speed are calculated by using the ICC sensor and an ICC
sensor signal is transmitted to the ADAS control unit via ITS communication. When judging the necessity of
warning according to the received vehicle ahead detection signal, the ADAS control unit transmits a buzzer C
output signal and meter display signal to the combination meter via CAN communication.
FCW Operating Condition
• Warning systems ON indicator: ON D
• Vehicle speed: Approximately 15 km/h (10 MPH) and above.
Fail-safe Indication
E
Vehicle condition Indication on the combination meter
• When the FCW system malfunctions F

• When the sensor window is dirty
• When driving into a strong light (i.e. sunlight)
NOTE:
Check that the IBA system is not OFF. The indicator lamp is shared G
with IBA system.
JPOIA0179ZZ
H
FCW INITIAL STATE CHANGE
CAUTION:
Never change FCW initial state “ON” ⇒ “OFF” without the consent of the customer.
FCW initial state can be changed. I
• FCW initial ON* - FCW function is automatically turned ON, when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
• FCW initial OFF - FCW function is still OFF when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
*: Factory setting J
How to change FCW/LDW/BSW initial state

2. Warning systems switch is OFF. K
3. Push and hold warning systems switch for more than 4 seconds.
4. Buzzer sounds and blinking of the warning systems ON indicator informs that the FCW/LDW/BSW initial
state change is completed. L
If a malfunction occurs in each system, ADAS control unit cancels each control, sounds a beep, and turns ON M

N
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched DAS
tone
High-pitched
tone
P
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

SYSTEM
Low-pitched
tone
Fail-safe (ICC Sensor) INFOID:0000000006223675
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
D
JSOIA0277ZZ
E
No. Switch name Description
1 Warning systems switch Turns FCW/LDW/BSW systems ON/OFF
F
Menu Displayed by Pressing Each Switch INFOID:0000000006223677
DISPLAY AND WARNING LAMP G
JSOIA0278ZZ J
No. Display item Description

1 Warning systems ON indicator Indicates that FCW/LDW/BSW systems are ON K
2 Vehicle ahead detection indicator Vehicle ahead detection indicator blinks when the FCW system is activated
IBA OFF indicator lamp turns ON when:
L
• FCW system has a malfunction
• ICC sensor window is too dirty to detect a vehicle ahead
• Subjected to a strong light (e.g. sunlight)
3 IBA OFF indicator lamp
IBA OFF indicator lamp blinks when 4WD shift switch is set in a position other M
than AUTO
NOTE:
Shared with IBA system
N
SYSTEM CONTROL CONDITION DISPLAY
DAS

OPERATION
Warning
systems Vehicle ahead detection indicator
Condition Buzzer
ON indica- (In the combination meter)
tor
Set condition ON OFF —
When own vehicle comes closer to

the vehicle ahead and it is judged that
ON Beep
the distance between the vehicles is
not sufficient
JSOIA0134ZZ

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Precautions for Forward Collision Warning INFOID:0000000006223678
FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW) B

• FCW system is intended to warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the drive's
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• As there is a performance limit, the FCW system may not provide a warning in certain conditions. C
• The FCW system will not detect the following objects.
- Pedestrians, animals, or obstacles in the roadway.
• FCW system will not detect under the following conditions. D
- When the sensor gets dirty, it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead.
- When driving into a strong light (i.e. sunlight)
• The sensor generally detects signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead. Therefore, the FCW E
system may not warn properly under the following conditions:
- When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other (including a small vehicle
such as motorcycles).
- When the sensor gets dirty or it is impossible to detect the distance to the vehicle ahead. F
- When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead is missing, damaged or covered.
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt, snow or road spray.
- When visibility is low (such as rain, fog, snow, etc.). G
- When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles are splashed.
- When dense exhaust or other smoke (black smoke) from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor.
- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the luggage room of own vehicle.
H
- When abruptly accelerating or decelerating.
- On steep downhill or roads with sharp curves.
- When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead.
i.e.) very close to other vehicle, signboard, etc. I
- When own vehicle are towing a trailer.
• Depending on certain road conditions (curved, beginning of a curve), vehicle conditions (steering position,
vehicle position), or preceding vehicle's conditions (position in lane, etc.), the FCW system may not function
J
properly. The FCW system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors, signs, white markers, and
other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane, and provide unnecessary warning.
• The FCW system may not function in offset conditions.
• The FCW system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close. K
• The FCW system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality. If the sensor is covered with
ice, a transparent or translucent plastic bag, etc., the system may not detect them. In these instances the
FCW system may not be able to warn properly. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly. L
• Excessive noise will interfere with the warning chime sound, and the chime may not be heard.
• A sudden appearance of the vehicle in front (i.e.: when a vehicle abruptly cuts in) may not be detected and
the system may not warn soon enough.
• The FCW system will be canceled automatically with a chime sound and the IBA OFF indicator light will illu- M
minate under the following conditions:
- When the sensor window is dirty
- When the FCW system malfunctions N
DAS

DESCRIPTION
JSOIA0271GB
METHOD OF STARTING
CAUTION:
• ICC system OFF
• DCA system OFF
NOTE:
PKIB8371E
JSOIA0008GB
NOTE:


nosis Function"
ECM malfunction
E

H
NOTE:
NOTE:
K
L
APPLICATION ITEMS
M
Active Test
the load
DAS
P
WORK SUPPORT


tems
NOTE:

OPERATING WIPER ×
OP SW DOUBLE
TOUCH
MPH)

INCHING LOST ×
nication
C
APA HI TEMP ×
high
D
× ×
COMM ERR sor
F

G
I
L
N
P
NO RECORD —

DATA MONITOR

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
× × × ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
×
CRUISE OPE
[On/Off]
× × × ×
× × × ×
×
SET DISTANCE
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL
[On/Off]
VHCL AHEAD
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
[On/Off]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
×
×
YAW RATE NOTE:
×
BA WARNING
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
[On/Off]
D RANGE SW
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
×
PKB SW
[On/Off]
PWR SUP MONI
[V] D
VHCL SPD AT
[km/h] or [mph]
E
THRTL OPENING
[%]
tion).
F
×
× G
SET DISP IND
[On/Off]
DISTANCE H
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
[m/s] I
× × ×
DCA ON IND J
[On/Off]
×
IBA SW
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON L
[On/Off]
APA TEMP
[°C]
APA PWR
[V]
N
LDW SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
DAS
LDW ON LAMP
[On/Off]
LDP ON IND
[On/Off]
LANE DPRT W/L
[On/Off]
LDW BUZER OUT-
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LDP SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
WARN REQ
[On/Off]
READY signal
[On/Off]
Camera lost
Shift position
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - × ×
7]
Turn signal
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion)
× ×
STATUS signal
Off]
Lane unclear
× × cation
[On/Off]
nication)
FUNC ITEM
[FUNC1]
× × × ×
FUNC ITEM (NV-
NOTE:
DCA) × × × ×
[Off]
DCA SELECT
[On/Off]
navigation system
LDP SELECT
[On/Off]
system
BSI SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
WARN SYS SW
[On/Off]
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW SYSTEM ON B
[On/Off]
× × ×
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
- BSW warning lamp
F
METER LAMP G
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated
H
LDP BUZZER
WARNING SYSTEM IND
METER LAMP N
NOTE:
DAS


Oper-
ation
Off OFF
CAN communication
STOP LAMP
Oper-
ation
Off OFF
ICC BUZZER

sound
ICC BUZZER
Reset —
the test
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:

MODE1 10 bar
communication
MODE3 30 bar
Reset —
NOTE:
PKIB1767J

Active Pedal
CAUTION: A
B
NOTE:
C
MODE1
for 8 seconds D
MODE2
MODE3
8 seconds
MODE4
8 seconds F
Test start —
“MODE4”
Reset
—
G
NOTE: H
K
JPOIA0061GB
DCA INDICATOR
NOTE: L
Test item
Opera-
M
tion
Off —
DCA INDICATOR
On ON
LDP BUZZER DAS
Opera-
tion P
Off —
LDP BUZZER test
WARNING SYSTEM IND

Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
LDP ON IND
Oper-
ation
Off —
low to end the test
LDP ON IND
On ON
LANE DEPARTURE W/L
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON

A
CONSULT-III Function (LASER) INFOID:0000000006228179
APPLICATION ITEMS B
munication with ICC sensor.
C
It can monitor the adjustment direction indication in order to perform the laser beam aiming operation
Work Support
smoothly
D
Self Diagnostic Result Displays malfunctioning system memorized in ICC sensor
Data Monitor Displays real-time input/output data of ICC sensor
Ecu Identification Displays ICC sensor part number E
WORK SUPPORT F

LASER BEAM ADJUST Outputs laser beam, calculates dislocation of the beam, and indicates adjustment direction G
Laser Beam Adjust

Refer to CCS-72, "Description".
H
Refer to CCS-55, "DTC Index".
DATA MONITOR I
Monitored item
Description
[Unit] J
Vehicle speed judged from a vehicle speed signal read by the ICC sensor via ITS communica-
VHCL SPEED SE tion is displayed [ADAS control unit receives a vehicle speed signal from ABS actuator and
[km/h] or [mph] electric unit (control unit) via CAN communication and transmits the calculated vehicle speed K
to ICC sensor via ITS communication]
Indicates yaw rate read from ADAS control unit through ITS communication (ADAS control unit
receives yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN communi-
cation and transmits yaw rate calculated by the ADAS control unit) L
YAW RATE
Yaw rate judged from a yaw rate signal read by ICC sensor via ITS communication is displayed
[deg/s]
[ADAS control unit receives a yaw rate signal from ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit)
via CAN communication and transmits the calculated yaw rate to ICC sensor via ITS commu-
M
nication]
PWR SUP MONI
Indicates IGN voltage input by ICC sensor
[V]
N
DISTANCE
Indicates the distance from the vehicle ahead
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
Indicates the relative speed of the vehicle ahead DAS
[m/s]
LASER OFFSET NOTE:
P
LASER HEIGHT NOTE:
STEERING ANGLE
The steering angle is displayed
[deg]
STRG ANGLE SPEED
The steering angle speed is displayed
[deg/s]

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
L/R ADJUST
The horizontal correction value of the laser beam is displayed
[deg]
U/D ADJUST
The vertical correction value of the laser beam is displayed
[deg]

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [FCW]

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B

C
E
I
Idling On J
ICC system ON K
SET DISTANCE
ting L
ICC system ON
On
CRUISE LAMP M
Off
ICC system ON
On N
OWN VHCL
Off
Off
On
ICC WARNING
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
ADAS control
unit
Displays the set
vehicle speed
• DCA system On
• FCW system
• IBA system
• DCA system Off
• FCW system
• IBA system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR 0.0
Equivalent to ta-
ing
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0

On
mode
Off
or manual mode
Off
“P”
Power supply
voltage value of
ADAS control
unit
Value of A/T ve-
sor signal
Displays the
throttle position

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position
B
MODE SIG vated
MAIN switch
ASCD C
activated
SET DISP IND
Displays the dis-
control mode cle
F
G
DCA system OFF H
On
Off
DCA VHL AHED
On
On
Off
Display the ac-
celerator pedal M
grated motor
temperature
N
Power supply
voltage value of
accelerator ped-
al actuator DAS
On
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
LDP ON IND
ON)

LDW BUZER OUT-
PUT
system ate
Off
• LDW/LDP system
• BSW system
LDP SYSTEM ON
ON)
READY signal
ON)
Shift position
Turn signal

WARN REQ
STATUS signal
FUNC ITEM (NV-
DCA)
On
is ON
Off
is OFF

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
On
system is ON
Off B
system is OFF
NOTE:
BSI SELECT Off
NOTE: C
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
NOTE:
NAVI DCA SELECT Off
On
normally
Off
switched normally
G
On
Off
TERMINAL LAYOUT J
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSOIA0213ZZ
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Ignition 12 V
Input switch
ON 0V
switch is pressed
Ignition 12 V
3 not pressed
ON 0V
pressed
Ignition 0V
Output switch
ON 12 V
cator OFF
Ignition — 12 V
(R) drive signal 0V
Ground Ignition
6
(B)
ON
7
(L)
8
(Y)

12
(G/R) 12 V
ON ating
14
CAN -H — — — —
(L)
15
CAN -L — — — —
(P)
16
(W/G)

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Low-pitched
tone
B

D
1
2 E
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A35: APA CIR
NOTE:

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
G

BSW warning lamp

H
System
CONSULT-III
display

J
K
LASER BEAM OFFCN-
TR
N
C1A15 15 GEAR POSITION ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-104
ICC SENSOR HIGH
TEMP
C1A24 24 NP RANGE ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-113
CAN TRANSMISSION
C1A33 33 ON A, B, E CCS-118
ERR

ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp
System
CONSULT-III
display

CAM ABNRML TMP DE-
TCT
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER
TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED
ICC SENSOR CAN
U0235 144 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-137
CIRC 1
U0401 120 ECM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-138
U0402 122 TCM CAN CIR 1 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-139


ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp

D
System
CONSULT-III
display
E
F
G
ICC SEN CAN COMM
U1502 147 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-152
CIR
H
LOST COMM (SIDE
U1507 154 ON G DAS-506
RDR R)
LOST COMM (SIDE J
U1508 155 ON G DAS-507
RDR L)
U150B 157 ECM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-148
U150C 158 VDC CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-149 K
U150D 159 TCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-150
U150E 160 BCM CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, E, F, G CCS-151
L
U1513 163 METER CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G CCS-153 M
ICC SENSOR CAN
U1515 165 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-155 N
CIRC 3
DAS
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC
U1519 169 ON G DAS-511
3
P
NOTE:

ICC SENSOR
ICC SENSOR

Value of vehicle
VHCL SPEED SE While driving speed signal
(wheel speed)
Vehicle stopped 0.0
YAW RATE While driving Vehicle turning right Positive value
Vehicle turning left Negative value
Power supply
PWR SUP MONI Ignition switch ON voltage value of
ICC sensor
Displays the dis-
Drive the vehicle and activate tance from the
control mode cle

RELATIVE SPD the vehicle-to-vehicle distance ative speed
NOTE:
LASER OFFSET —
NOTE:
LASER HEIGHT —
When setting the steering wheel in straight-ahead posi-
0.0
tion
STEERING ANGLE Ignition switch ON
When turning the steering wheel 90° rightward +90
When turning the steering wheel 90° leftward -90
Steering wheel
STRG ANGLE
Ignition switch ON At the time of turning the steering wheel turning speed is
SPEED
displayed
Horizontal cor-
L/R ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of laser beam adjustment rection value is
displayed
Vertical correc-
U/D ADJUST Ignition switch ON At the completion of laser beam adjustment tion value is dis-
played
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JPOIA0105ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES

ICC SENSOR
Terminal No. A
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
B
1
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON Battery voltage
(W/G)
3 C
(L)
Ground
4
(B)
D
6
(Y)
E
ICC system warning lamp in the combination meter. F
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec- G
Priority Detected items (DTC) H

1
2 • C1A50: ADAS MALFUNCTION I
J
• C1A21: UNIT HIGH TEMP
3 • C1A39: STRG SEN CIR K
• U0405: ADAS CAN CIR2 L
M
NOTE: N
CAN communication system (U1000, U1010) DAS
Other than CAN communication system (Other than U1000, U1010) P

ICC SENSOR
×: Applicable
DTC Fail-safe function


Forward Collision Warning (FCW)
Distance Control Assist (DCA)

CONSULT-III display Reference
CONSULT-III
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT ON × × × × × × CCS-83

C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIR ON × × × × × × CCS-85
C1A02 POWER SUPPLY CIR2 ON × × × × × × CCS-85
C1A12 LASER BEAM OFFCNTR ON × × × × × CCS-96
C1A16 RADAR STAIN ON × × × × × CCS-106
C1A18 LASER AIMING INCMP ON × × × × × CCS-109
C1A21 UNIT HIGH TEMP ON × × × × × × CCS-111
C1A39 STRG SEN CIR ON × × × × × × CCS-124
C1A50 ADAS MALFUNCTION ON × × × × × × CCS-128
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × × × × × × CCS-145
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × × × × × × CCS-147

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [FCW]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
DAS
JCOWM0352GB

JCOWM0353GB

DAS
JCOWM0354GB

JCOWM0355GB

DAS
JCOWM0356GB

JCOWM0357GB

DAS
JCOWM0358GB

JCOWM0359GB

DAS
JCOWM0360GB

JCOWM0361GB

DAS
JCOWM0362GB

JCOWM0363GB

DAS
JCOWM0364GB

JCOWM0365GB

DAS
JCOWM0366GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [FCW]
BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JPOIA0171GB
DETAILED FLOW
NOTE:
The FCW system shares component parts with the ICC system. If the FCW system has a malfunction perform
diagnosis for the ICC system.
< BASIC INSPECTION > [FCW]
about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully. A
NOTE:
The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means···” or “maybe the cus-
B
>> GO TO 2.
2.SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III C
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is any DTC detected? D
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
E
3.ACTION TEST
Perform the ICC system action test to check the operation status. Refer to CCS-77, "Description".
F
>> GO TO 4.
4.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
G
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-268, "Symptom
Table".
H
>> GO TO 6.
1. Check the DTC in the self-diagnosis results. I
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-244, "DTC Index".
>> GO TO 6. J
6.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR

Repair or replace the identified malfunctioning parts. K
>> GO TO 7.
7.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III) L

M
3. Check if the DTC is detected on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 5. N
NO >> GO TO 8.
Perform the ICC system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms DAS
occur.
Is there any malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4. P

FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [FCW]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
FORWARD COLLISION WARNING SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
CAUTION:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diag-
nosis if any DTC is detected.
Symptom Possible cause Inspection item/Reference page

• Warning systems switch
• Harness between ADAS con-
Warning systems ON indica-
trol unit and warning systems
tor is not turned ON ⇔ OFF Warning systems switch circuit
FCW system is not activated switch
when operating warning sys- DAS-269
• Harness between warning
tems switch
systems switch and ground

FCW SYSTEM IS NOT ACTIVATED
FCW SYSTEM IS NOT ACTIVATED
A
FCW system does not operate by pressing the warning systems switch. B
NOTE:
Warning systems switch is shared with LDW/BSW system.
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223694 C

1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. D
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”. Refer to DAS-244, "DTC Index".
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH CIRCUIT
F
Check warning systems switch circuit. Refer to DAS-389, "Component Function Check".
NOTE:
Warning systems switch is shared with LDW/BSW system.
G
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit.
NO >> GO TO 3.
H
3.REPAIR OR REPLACE THE SPECIFIC ITEMS
Repair or replace malfunctioning items.
I
>> INSPECTION END
DAS

PRECAUTIONS FOR FORWARD COLLISION WARNING (FCW)

• FCW system is intended to warn the driver before a collision but will not avoid a collision. It is the drive's
responsibility to stay alert, drive safely and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• As there is a performance limit, the FCW system may not provide a warning in certain conditions.
• The FCW system will not detect the following objects.
- Pedestrians, animals, or obstacles in the roadway.
• FCW system will not detect under the following conditions.
- When the sensor gets dirty, it is impossible to detect the distance from the vehicle ahead.
- When driving into a strong light (i.e. sunlight)
• The sensor generally detects signals returned from the reflectors on a vehicle ahead. Therefore, the FCW
system may not warn properly under the following conditions:
- When the reflectors of the vehicle ahead are positioned high or close to each other (including a small vehicle
such as motorcycles).
- When the sensor gets dirty or it is impossible to detect the distance to the vehicle ahead.
- When the reflectors on the vehicle ahead is missing, damaged or covered.
- When the reflector of the vehicle ahead is covered with dirt, snow or road spray.
- When visibility is low (such as rain, fog, snow, etc.).
- When snow or road spray from traveling vehicles are splashed.
- When dense exhaust or other smoke (black smoke) from vehicles reduces the visibility of the sensor.
- When excessively heavy baggage is loaded in the rear seat or the trunk room of own vehicle.
- When abruptly accelerating or decelerating.
- On steep downhill or roads with sharp curves.
- When there is a highly reflective object near the vehicle ahead.
i.e.) very close to other vehicle, signboard, etc.
- When own vehicle are towing a trailer.
• Depending on certain road conditions (curved, beginning of a curve), vehicle conditions (steering position,
vehicle position), or preceding vehicle's conditions (position in lane, etc.), the FCW system may not function
properly. The FCW system may detect highly reflective objects such as reflectors, signs, white markers, and
other stationary objects on the road or near the traveling lane, and provide unnecessary warning.
• The FCW system may not function in offset conditions.
• The FCW system may not function when the distance to the vehicle ahead is extremely close.
• The FCW system is designed to automatically check the sensor's functionality. If the sensor is covered with
ice, a transparent or translucent plastic bag, etc., the system may not detect them. In these instances the
FCW system may not be able to warn properly. Be sure to check and clean the sensor regularly.
• A sudden appearance of the vehicle in front (i.e.: when a vehicle abruptly cuts in) may not be detected and
the system may not warn soon enough.
• The FCW system will be canceled automatically with a chime sound and the IBA OFF indicator light will illu-
minate under the following conditions:
- When the sensor window is dirty
- When the FCW system malfunctions

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [FCW]

B
REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower panel (LH). Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Remove warning systems switch from instrument driver lower panel.
NOTE:
Warning systems switch and automatic back door switch are integrated. D
INSTALLATION
E
DAS

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [LDW & LDP]
PRECAUTION
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted.
Service Manual.
WARNING:
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS
WARNING:
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s)
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the
NOTE:
SKIB8766E

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [LDW & LDP]
NOTE: A
line are lost.
B
SKIB8767E
D
Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service INFOID:0000000006223699
WARNING: E
Be careful of traffic conditions and safety around the vehicle when performing road test.
CAUTION:
• Never use the LDP system when driving with free rollers or a chassis dynamometer. F
• Never perform the active test while driving.
• Never disassemble and remodel the lane camera unit.
• Do not use the lane camera unit that is removed from the vehicle.
• Never change LDW initial state ON ⇒ OFF without the consent of the customer. G
DAS

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [LDW & LDP]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Component Parts Location
INFOID:0000000006223700
JSOIA0367ZZ
1. Lane camera unit 2. Lane departure warning lamp (Yel- 3. Warning systems switch
low)
(On the combination meter)
4. Warning systems ON indicator 5. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 6. BCM
trol unit) Refer to BCS-4, "BODY CONTROL
Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
Location" tion"
7. Warning buzzer 8. ADAS control unit
Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts
Location"
A. Front of the map lamp B. Instrument lower panel (LH) C. Behind of instrument lower panel
(LH)
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Component Description INFOID:0000000006223701
• Judges the lane departure depending on the lane detection result and each signals
• Controls the warning buzzer and the warning systems ON indicator
ADAS control unit
• Transmits lane departure warning lamp signal to combination meter via CAN communica-
tion
• Detects the lane marker in travel lane
Lane camera unit
• Transmits the detected lane condition signal to ADAS control unit via ITS communication
ABS actuator and electric unit (con- Transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) to ADAS control unit via CAN communica-
trol unit) tion

COMPONENT PARTS
A
Warning systems switch Inputs the warning systems switch signal to ADAS control unit
Warning systems ON indicator Turns on the warning systems ON indicator, according to an warning systems ON indicator
(On the warning systems switch) signal received from the ADAS control unit
B
Activates the warning buzzer, according to a warning buzzer signal received from the ADAS
Warning buzzer
control unit
Turns the lane departure warning lamp ON/OFF according to the signals from ADAS control
Combination meter C
unit via CAN communication
BCM Transmits the turn indicator signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM D
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Component Parts Location

INFOID:0000000006223702
E
JSOIA0368ZZ
M
1. Lane camera unit 2. Dynamic driver assistance switch 3. • Lane departure warning lamp (Yel-
(On the ICC steering switch) low)
• LDP ON indicator (Green)
N
4. Transfer control unit 5. AV control unit 6. ECM
Refer to DLN-10, "Component Parts Refer to AV-9, "Component Parts Lo- Refer to EC-16, "Component Parts
Location" cation" Location" DAS
7. TCM 8. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 9. BCM
Refer to TM-10, "A/T CONTROL trol unit) Refer to BCS-4, "BODY CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" Location" tion"
P
10. Warning buzzer 11. Steering angle sensor 12. ADAS control unit
Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts
Location" Location"
A. Front of map lamp B. Behind instrument lower panel (LH)

COMPONENT PARTS
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Component Description
INFOID:0000000006223703
• Judges lane departure based on each signal and calculates yaw moment necessary to generate
force toward the direction to recover the vehicle from the lane departure
• Outputs the warning buzzer signal to the warning buzzer
ADAS control unit • Transmits a target yaw moment signal to the ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) via CAN
communication
• Transmits the lane departure warning lamp signal and LDP ON indicator lamp signal to combina-
• Detects the lane marker in travel lane
Lane camera unit
• Transmits the detected lane condition signal to ADAS control unit via ITS communication
• Transmits the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
• Transmits the yaw rate signal and side G sensor signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communi-
ABS actuator and electric unit
cation
(control unit)
• Receives a target yaw moment signal from the ADAS control unit via CAN communication and
controls brake pressure of four wheels, respectively
Activates the warning buzzer, according to a warning buzzer signal received from the ADAS control
Warning buzzer
unit
Dynamic driver assistance
ECM receives an ICC steering switch (dynamic driver assistance switch) signal and transmits the
switch
signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
(On the ICC steering switch)
Turns on the following indicator/warning lamp, according to a signal received for the ADAS control
unit via CAN communication
Combination meter
• LDP ON indicator lamp (Green)
• Lane departure warning lamp (Yellow)
BCM Transmits the turn indicator signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Transmits the accelerator pedal position signal, engine speed signal and ICC steering switch signal
ECM
(dynamic driver assistance switch signal) to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Steering angle sensor Transmits the steering angle sensor signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Transmits the output shaft revolution signal, input speed signal, current gear position signal and shift
TCM
position signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
Transfer control unit Transmits the current 4WD mode signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
AV control unit Transmits the system selection signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
A
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006223704
B
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
C
JSOIA0285GB
H
Input Signal Item
I
and electric unit munica- Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels J
(control unit) tion
CAN com-
BCM munica- Turn indicator signal
tion
and the hazard lamp K
ITS com-
Lane camera
unit L
tion
tems switch switch
M
Output Signal Item

N
Combination CAN commu- Transmits a lane departure warning lamp signal to
meter nication turn ON the lane departure warning lamp
Lane camera ITS commu- Vehicle speed signal DAS
control unit
unit nication
Warning buzz- P
Warning buzzer signal Activates the warning buzzer
er
Warning sys-
cator
• Lane Departure Warning (LDW) system provides a lane departure warning function when the vehicle is
driven at speeds of approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or more.

SYSTEM
• When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning will sound and
the lane departure warning lamp (yellow) on the combination meter will blink to alert the driver.
• The warning does not occur during turn signal operation (Lane change side).
• The warning function will stop when the vehicle returns inside of the lane markers.
EXAMPLE
JPOIA0014GB
When the vehicle approaches the right lane marker, the driver is alerted by the buzzer and the blinking of lane
departure warning lamp (yellow).
• When the system is turned ON by operating the warning systems switch, ADAS control unit turns ON the
warning systems ON indicator.
• Lane camera unit monitors lane markers of the traveling lane. It transmits the detected lane condition signal
to ADAS control unit via ITS communication.
• When judging from a lane marker detection signal that the vehicle is approaching the lane marker, the ADAS
control unit controls the following item to alert the driver.
- Activates warning buzzer
- ADAS control unit transmits a lane departure warning lamp signal to combination meter via CAN communi-
cation and turns ON/OFF the lane departure warning lamp (yellow).
OPERATING CONDITION
• Warning systems ON indicator: ON
• Vehicle speed: approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or more
• Turn indicator signal: After 2 seconds or more from turned OFF
NOTE:
• After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 60 km/h (40 MPH)
• LDP ON indicator lamp is OFF
• The LDW system may not function properly, depending on the situation. Refer to DAS-288, "Precautions for
Lane Departure Warning/Lane Departure Prevention"
Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication
Warning sys-
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation tems ON indi- Indication on the combination meter
cator
Ignition switch Approx. 5 sec.

OFF ⇒ ON
(Bulb check) ON*
JPOIA0017GB

SYSTEM
Warning sys-
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation tems ON indi- Indication on the combination meter A
cator
When DTC is detected
ON
(Except “C1B01” and “C1B03”) B
Camera aiming is not completed
(“C1B01”is detected)
NOTE: ON C
This is detected while driving the vehicle and the indication
remains ON until the ignition switch is turned OFF
JPOIA0019GB
Temporary disabled status at high temperature E

ON
(“C1B03”is detected)
JPOIA0020GB F
NOTE:
*: If LDW initial state is ON, warning systems ON indicator continues turned ON.
G
LDW INITIAL STATE CHANGE
CAUTION:
Never change LDW initial state “ON” ⇒ “OFF” without the consent of the customer.
H
LDW initial state can be changed.
• LDW initial ON* - LDW function is automatically turned ON, when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
• LDW initial OFF - LDW function is still OFF when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
*: Factory setting I

2. Warning systems switch is OFF. J
state change is completed. K
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit)
INFOID:0000000006223705
L
System Buzzer Warning lamp/Indicator lamp Description M

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
N
tone
High-pitched
Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) IBA OFF indicator lamp Cancel DAS
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched P
tone
Low-pitched
tone

SYSTEM
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Fail-safe (Lane Camera Unit)
INFOID:0000000006223706
FAIL-SAFE CONTROL BY DTC

If a malfunction occurs in the lane camera unit, ADAS control unit cancels control, and turns ON the lane
departure warning lamp in the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE
• If the vehicle is parked in direct sunlight under high temperature conditions, the system may be deactivated
automatically. And the lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will blinks.
• When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operation automatically and the lane depar-
ture warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will stop blinking.
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : System Description INFOID:0000000006223707
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0286GB

Input Signal Item

Dynamic driver as-
sistance switch sig-
nal
tion
Engine speed signal Receives engine speed

SYSTEM
A
TCM munica-
tion Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position B
ABS operation signal Receives an operational state of ABS C
TCS malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of TCS
D
ABS actuator CAN com- VDC OFF switch signal Receives an ON/OFF state of VDC
and electric unit munica-
(control unit) tion VDC malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of VDC
VDC operation signal Receives an operational state of VDC E
Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
F
Side G sensor signal Receives lateral G acting on the vehicle
CAN com-
Combination
munica- Parking brake switch signal Receives an operational state of the parking brake
meter
tion
G
CAN com-
BCM munica- Turn indicator signal
and the hazard lamp H
tion
Steering angle sensor malfunction signal Receives a malfunction state of steering angle sensor
CAN com-
munica- Steering angle sensor signal I
tion
Steering angle speed signal Receives the turning angle speed of the steering wheel
CAN com-
Receives a selection state of each item in “Driver Assis- J
tance” selected with the navigation system
tion
CAN com-
Transfer control K
munica- Current 4WD mode signal Receives a mode selection state of the 4WD shift switch
unit
tion
ITS com-
L
tion
ITS com-
Lane camera
unit M
tion
Output Signal Item

N
ABS actuator
and electric CAN commu- Transmits a target yaw moment signal to generate DAS
Target yaw moment signal
unit (control nication yaw moment to the vehicle
unit)
Transmits an LDP ON indicator lamp signal to turn ON
LDP ON indicator lamp signal
the LDP ON indicator lamp
P
Combination CAN commu-
meter nication Transmits an lane departure warning lamp signal to
turn ON the lane departure warning lamp

SYSTEM
Lane camera ITS commu- Vehicle speed signal
control unit
unit nication
Warning buzz-
er
• Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) system provides a lane departure warning and brake control assistance
when the vehicle is driven at speeds of approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or more.
• When the vehicle approaches either the left or the right side of the traveling lane, a warning sounds and the
lane departure warning lamp (yellow) on the combination meter blinks to alert the driver. Then, the LDP sys-
tem automatically applies the brakes for a short period of time to help assist the driver to return the vehicle to
the center of the traveling lane.
• Warning and brake control are not performed during turn signal operation (lane change side).
• The warning and assist functions stop when the vehicle returns to a position inside of the lane marker.
EXAMPLE
JPOIA0013GB
When the vehicle approaches the right lane marker, the driver is alerted by the buzzer and the blinking of lane
departure warning lamp (yellow). Simultaneously, the left brake is controlled independently to generate force
toward the direction to recover the vehicle from the lane departure.
• When the system is turned ON by dynamic driver assistance switch, ADAS control unit transmits LDP ON
indicator signal to combination meter via CAN communication.
• Lane camera unit monitors lane markers of the traveling lane. It transmits the detected lane condition signal
to ADAS control unit via ITS communication.
• When judging from a lane marker detection signal that the vehicle is approaching the lane marker, ADAS
control unit controls the following items.
- Activates warning buzzer.
- Transmits a lane departure warning lamp signal to combination meter via CAN communication.
- Calculates necessary yaw moment to transmit a target yaw moment signal to ABS actuator and electric unit
• When receiving the target yaw moment signal, ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) controls brake
pressure of four wheels, respectively.
• When receiving the signal from ADAS control unit, combination meter turns ON/OFF the lane departure
warning lamp (yellow) and the LDP ON indicator lamp (green).
OPERATING CONDITION
• LDP ON indicator lamp: ON
• Vehicle speed: approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or more
• Turn indicator signal: After 2 seconds or more from turned OFF
NOTE:
• When the LDP system setting on the navigation screen is ON.

SYSTEM
• After the operating conditions are satisfied, the control continues until the vehicle speed reaches approxi-
mately 60 km/h (40 MPH). A
• The LDP system may not function properly, depending on the situation. Refer to DAS-288, "Precautions for
Lane Departure Warning/Lane Departure Prevention".
Bulb Check Action and Fail-safe Indication B
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Indication on the combination meter Buzzer

C
Ignition switch
OFF ⇒ ON — D
(Bulb check)
JPOIA0017GB E
When DTC is detected
(Except “C1B01” and “C1B03”)
F
Camera aiming is not completed
(“C1B01”is detected) Beep
NOTE:
This is detected while driving the vehicle and the indication remains ON G
until the ignition switch is turned OFF
JPOIA0019GB
Temporary disabled status at high temperature

Beep
(“C1B03”is detected) I
JPOIA0020GB
J
When the dynamic driver assistance switch is pressed K

[When the settings of LDP system, DCA system on the navigation screen —
are both “OFF”]
L
JPOIA0036GB
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Fail-safe (ADAS Control Unit)

INFOID:0000000006223708 M
N
High-pitched
Vehicle-to-vehicle distance control mode ICC system warning lamp Cancel DAS
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched P
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

SYSTEM
Low-pitched
tone
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Fail-safe (Lane Camera Unit)

INFOID:0000000006223709

If a malfunction occurs in the lane camera unit, ADAS control unit cancels control, sounds a beep, and turns
ON the lane departure warning lamp in the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE
automatically. And the buzzer sounds and lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter
will blinks.
• When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume when dynamic driver assistance switch is
turned OFF and turned ON and the lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will stop
blinking.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006223710 B
E
JSOIA0277ZZ
No. Switch name Description F

1 Warning systems switch Turns LDW/FCW/BSW systems ON/OFF
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Menu Displayed by Pressing Each G

Switch INFOID:0000000006223711
H
INDICATOR LAMP AND WARNING LAMP
JSOIA0345ZZ
K
No. Display item Description

L
• Indicates that the LDW/FCW/BSW systems are ON
1 Warning systems ON indicator
• Blinks when the initial setting of LDW/FCW/BSW system is changed
• Blinks when LDW system is activated
2 Lane departure warning lamp • Turns ON when LDW system has a malfunction M
• Blinks when the temperature of the lane camera unit becomes high
DISPLAY AND WARNING N
DAS

OPERATION
Driver warning
Indication on the combination
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action systems ON in- Buzzer
meter
dicator
Less than Ap-
prox. 60 km/h
Close to lane marker No action ON OFF —
(40 MPH)
Warning
Short con-
• Buzzer sounds
Approx. 70 Close to lane marker ON tinuous
• Warning lamp
km/h (45 beeps
blinks
MPH) or more
JPOIA0018GB
• Close to lane marker

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action ON OFF —
side)
NOTE:
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 60 km/h (40 MPH). Refer to DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : Sys-
tem Description".
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Switch Name and Function
INFOID:0000000006223712
JSOIA0369ZZ
No. Switch name Description

Turns LDP system ON/OFF
1 Dynamic driver assistance switch
(When the setting of LDP system on the navigation system setting screen is ON)
LDP system settings screen
2 The setting of LDP system can be switched between ON and OFF
(Navigation system settings screen)
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : Menu Displayed by Pressing

Each Switch INFOID:0000000006223713
INDICATOR LAMP AND WARNING LAMP
JSOIA0243ZZ

OPERATION
No. Display item Description A

• Indicates that LDP system is ON
LDP ON indicator (green) • Blinks when dynamic driver assistance switch is pressed
(When the setting of LDP system and DCA system are “OFF”) B
1
• Blinks when the warning of LDP system occurs
Lane departure warning lamp (yel-
• Turns ON when LDP system has a malfunction
low)
• Blinks when the temperature of lane camera unit becomes high
C
DISPLAY AND WARNING
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action Indication on the combination meter Buzzer D
Less than Ap- E

prox. 60 km/h
Close to lane marker No action —
(40 MPH)
F
JPOIA0021GB
G
Warning and yawing
• Buzzer sounds Short continu-
Close to lane marker
• Warning lamp blinks ous beeps H
• Brake control
JPOIA0022GB
I
• Close to lane marker J

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action —
side)
K
Approx. 70 JPOIA0021GB
km/h (45
MPH) or more
L
Warning
Close to lane with soft brak- Short continu-
• Buzzer sounds
ing ous beeps
• Warning lamp blinks M
JPOIA0022GB
• VDC OFF Switch N

Cancellation
OFF ⇒ ON
• Buzzer sounds
(VDC system ON ⇒
• Indicator lamp blinks
OFF)
NOTE: Beep DAS
• SNOW mode switch
When dynamic driver assis-
OFF ⇒ ON
tance switch is ON ⇒ OFF, in-
• 4WD shift switch is in the
dicator lamp is turned OFF
4H or 4L JPOIA0023GB P
NOTE:
After the operating conditions are satisfied, the control continues until the vehicle speed reaches approxi-
mately 60 km/h (40 MPH). Refer to DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : System
Description".

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
Precautions for Lane Departure Warning/Lane Departure Prevention INFOID:0000000006223714
LANE CAMERA UNIT HANDLING

To keep the proper operation of the LDW/LDP systems and prevent a system malfunction, be sure to observe
the following:
• Always keep the windshield clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material) or install an accessory near the lane camera unit.
• Do not place reflective materials, such as white paper or a mirror, on the instrument panel. The reflection of
sunlight may adversely affect the lane camera unit capability of detecting the lane markers.
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the lane camera unit.
• Do not touch the camera lens.
• Do not remove the screw located on the lane camera unit.
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW)
• LDW system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times.
• LDW system will not operate at speeds below approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• LDW system may not function properly under the following conditions:
- On roads where there are multiple parallel lane markers; lane markers that are faded or not painted clearly;
yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt or snow,
etc.
- On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
- On roads where there are sharp curves.
- On roads where there are sharply contrasting objects, such as shadows, snow, water, wheel ruts, seams or
lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.)
- On roads where the traveling lane merges or separates.
- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker.
- When traveling close to other vehicle in front of the vehicle, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection
range.
- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit.
- When the headlights are not bright due to dirt on the lens or if the aiming is not adjusted properly.
- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehi-
cle at sunrise or sunset.)
- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or
under a bridge.)
LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP)
• LDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times.
• LDP system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane
markers in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
• Using the LDP system under some conditions of road, lane marker or weather, or when driver change lanes
without using the turn signal could lead to an unexpected system operation. In such conditions, driver needs
to correct the vehicle's direction with driver's steering operation to avoid accidents.
• When the LDP system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, driver could
lose control of the vehicle.
• The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions, and do not use the LDP system:
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
- When driving off-road such as on sand or rock, etc.
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs.
- When driving in a makeshift lane.
- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.

HANDLING PRECAUTION
- When driving without normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, installation of spare
tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels). A
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
- When towing a trailer or other vehicle.
B
• The functions of the LDP system (warning and brake control assist) may or may not operate properly under
the following conditions:
yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers or lane markers covered with water, dirt or snow, C
etc.
- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
- On roads where there are sharp curves. D
lines remaining after road repairs (The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers.).
- When the vehicle's traveling direction does not align with the lane marker. E
range.
- When rain, snow or dirt adheres to the windshield in front of the lane camera unit. F
- When strong light enters the lane camera unit (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehi-
- When a sudden change in brightness occurs (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or G
under a bridge.)
• While the LDP system is operating, driver may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates
that the LDP system is operating properly. H
DAS

DESCRIPTION
JSOIA0271GB
METHOD OF STARTING
CAUTION:
• ICC system OFF
• DCA system OFF
NOTE:
PKIB8371E
JSOIA0008GB
NOTE:


nosis Function"
ECM malfunction
E

H
NOTE:
NOTE:
K
L
APPLICATION ITEMS
M
Active Test
the load
DAS
P
WORK SUPPORT


tems
NOTE:

OPERATING WIPER ×
OP SW DOUBLE
TOUCH
MPH)

INCHING LOST ×
nication
C
APA HI TEMP ×
high
D
× ×
COMM ERR sor
F

G
I
L
N
P
NO RECORD —

DATA MONITOR

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
× × × ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
×
CRUISE OPE
[On/Off]
× × × ×
× × × ×
×
SET DISTANCE
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL
[On/Off]
VHCL AHEAD
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
[On/Off]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
×
×
YAW RATE NOTE:
×
BA WARNING
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
[On/Off]
D RANGE SW
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
×
PKB SW
[On/Off]
PWR SUP MONI
[V] D
VHCL SPD AT
[km/h] or [mph]
E
THRTL OPENING
[%]
tion).
F
×
× G
SET DISP IND
[On/Off]
DISTANCE H
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
[m/s] I
× × ×
DCA ON IND J
[On/Off]
×
IBA SW
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON L
[On/Off]
APA TEMP
[°C]
APA PWR
[V]
N
LDW SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
DAS
LDW ON LAMP
[On/Off]
LDP ON IND
[On/Off]
LANE DPRT W/L
[On/Off]
LDW BUZER OUT-
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LDP SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
WARN REQ
[On/Off]
READY signal
[On/Off]
Camera lost
Shift position
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - × ×
7]
Turn signal
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion)
× ×
STATUS signal
Off]
Lane unclear
× × cation
[On/Off]
nication)
FUNC ITEM
[FUNC1]
× × × ×
FUNC ITEM (NV-
NOTE:
DCA) × × × ×
[Off]
DCA SELECT
[On/Off]
navigation system
LDP SELECT
[On/Off]
system
BSI SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
WARN SYS SW
[On/Off]
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW SYSTEM ON B
[On/Off]
× × ×
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
- BSW warning lamp
F
METER LAMP G
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated
H
LDP BUZZER
WARNING SYSTEM IND
METER LAMP N
NOTE:
DAS


Oper-
ation
Off OFF
CAN communication
STOP LAMP
Oper-
ation
Off OFF
ICC BUZZER

sound
ICC BUZZER
Reset —
the test
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:

MODE1 10 bar
communication
MODE3 30 bar
Reset —
NOTE:
PKIB1767J

Active Pedal
CAUTION: A
B
NOTE:
C
MODE1
for 8 seconds D
MODE2
MODE3
8 seconds
MODE4
8 seconds F
Test start —
“MODE4”
Reset
—
G
NOTE: H
K
JPOIA0061GB
DCA INDICATOR
NOTE: L
Test item
Opera-
M
tion
Off —
DCA INDICATOR
On ON
LDP BUZZER DAS
Opera-
tion P
Off —
LDP BUZZER test
WARNING SYSTEM IND

Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
LDP ON IND
Oper-
ation
Off —
low to end the test
LDP ON IND
On ON
LANE DEPARTURE W/L
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA UNIT)
A
CONSULT-III Function (LANE CAMERA) INFOID:0000000006223717
APPLICATION ITEMS B
CONSULT-III performs the following functions by communicating with the lane camera unit.
Diagnosis mode Description C

Work Support Performs the camera aiming
Self Diagnostic Result Displays the name of a malfunctioning system stored in the lane camera unit
D
Data Monitor Displays lane camera unit input/output data in real time
Ecu Identification Displays lane camera unit part number
CAN Diag Support Monitor Displays a reception/transmission state of ITS communication E
WORK SUPPORT
Work support items Description F

AUTO AIM Outputs camera unit, calculates dislocation of the camera, and displays adjustment direction.
NOTE:
AIM CHECK G

Refer to DAS-316, "DTC Index". H
DATA MONITOR
I
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LC INACCURAT [On/Off] Lane camera unit status
J
AIMING DONE [OK/NG] Status that camera aiming is done
AIMING RESULT [OK/NOK] Result of camera aiming
[NORMAL/ K
CAM HIGH TEMP Status of lane camera unit high temperature judgment
High]
[km/h] or
VHCL SPD SE Vehicle speed received from ADAS control unit via ITS communication
[mph] L
[Off, LH, RH,
TURN SIGNAL Status of “Turn signal” determined from ADAS control unit via ITS communication
LH/RH]
LANE DETCT LH [On/Off] Left side lane marker detection M
LANE DETCT RH [On/Off] Right side lane marker detection
CROSS LANE LH [On/Off] Condition that the vehicle is crossing left lane marker
N
CROSS LANE RH [On/Off] Condition that the vehicle is crossing right lane marker
WARN LANE LH [On/Off] Warning for left lane marker
WARN LANE RH [On/Off] Warning for right lane marker DAS
VALID POS LH [VLD/INVLD] Lateral position for left lane marker is valid
VALID POS RH [VLD/INVLD] Lateral position for right lane marker is valid
XOFFSET [pixel] Lane camera unit installation condition
P
AIM CHECK YAW [deg] Check result of camera aiming

AIM CHECK ROLL [deg] Check result of camera aiming
AIM CHECK PITCH [deg] Check result of camera aiming
FCTRY AIM YAW [deg] Lane camera unit installation condition
FCTRY AIM ROL [deg] Lane camera unit installation condition

Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
FCTRY AIM PIT [deg] Lane camera unit installation condition
ADAS MALF [On/Off] ADAS control unit status

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [LDW & LDP]

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B

C
E
I
Idling On J
ICC system ON K
SET DISTANCE
ting L
ICC system ON
On
CRUISE LAMP M
Off
ICC system ON
On N
OWN VHCL
Off
Off
On
ICC WARNING
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
ADAS control
unit
Displays the set
vehicle speed
• DCA system On
• FCW system
• IBA system
• DCA system Off
• FCW system
• IBA system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR 0.0
Equivalent to ta-
ing
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0

On
mode
Off
or manual mode
Off
“P”
Power supply
voltage value of
ADAS control
unit
Value of A/T ve-
sor signal
Displays the
throttle position

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position
B
MODE SIG vated
MAIN switch
ASCD C
activated
SET DISP IND
Displays the dis-
control mode cle
F
G
DCA system OFF H
On
Off
DCA VHL AHED
On
On
Off
Display the ac-
celerator pedal M
grated motor
temperature
N
Power supply
voltage value of
accelerator ped-
al actuator DAS
On
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
LDP ON IND
ON)

LDW BUZER OUT-
PUT
system ate
Off
• LDW/LDP system
• BSW system
LDP SYSTEM ON
ON)
READY signal
ON)
Shift position
Turn signal

WARN REQ
STATUS signal
FUNC ITEM (NV-
DCA)
On
is ON
Off
is OFF

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
On
system is ON
Off B
system is OFF
NOTE:
BSI SELECT Off
NOTE: C
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
NOTE:
NAVI DCA SELECT Off
On
normally
Off
switched normally
G
On
Off
TERMINAL LAYOUT J
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSOIA0213ZZ
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Ignition 12 V
Input switch
ON 0V
switch is pressed
Ignition 12 V
3 not pressed
ON 0V
pressed
Ignition 0V
Output switch
ON 12 V
cator OFF
Ignition — 12 V
(R) drive signal 0V
Ground Ignition
6
(B)
ON
7
(L)
8
(Y)

12
(G/R) 12 V
ON ating
14
CAN -H — — — —
(L)
15
CAN -L — — — —
(P)
16
(W/G)

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Low-pitched
tone
B

D
1
2 E
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A35: APA CIR
NOTE:

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
G

BSW warning lamp

H
System
CONSULT-III
display

J
K
C1A03 3 VHCL SPEED SE CIRC ON ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F, G DAS-347
C1A04 4 ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-348
C1A05 5 BRAKE SW/STOP L SW ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-349 L
C1A06 6 OPERATION SW CIRC ON ON A, B, E, F DAS-353
LASER BEAM OFFCN-
TR
C1A14 14 ECM CIRCUIT ON ON A, B, E, F DAS-355
N
ICC SENSOR HIGH
TEMP
CAN TRANSMISSION
C1A33 33 ON A, B, E CCS-118
ERR

ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp
System
CONSULT-III
display

CAM ABNRML TMP DE-
TCT
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER
TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED
ICC SENSOR CAN
U0235 144 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-137
CIRC 1


ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp

D
System
CONSULT-III
display
E
F
G
ICC SEN CAN COMM
U1502 147 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-152
CIR
H
LOST COMM (SIDE
U1507 154 ON G DAS-506
RDR R)
LOST COMM (SIDE J
U1508 155 ON G DAS-507
RDR L)
L
ICC SENSOR CAN
U1515 165 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-155 N
CIRC 3
DAS
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC
U1519 169 ON G DAS-511
3
P
U1520 176 4WD CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, F DAS-386
NOTE:

LANE CAMERA UNIT
LANE CAMERA UNIT
Monitor Item Condition Value/Status

Lane camera unit malfunction On
LC INACCURAT
Lane camera unit normal Off
Camera aiming is completed OK
AIMING DONE
Camera aiming is not adjusted NG
Camera aiming is completed OK
AIMING RESULT
Camera aiming is not completed NOK
When the temperature around lane camera unit is adequate NORMAL
CAM HIGH TEMP
When the temperature around the lane camera unit is high High
Approximately equivalent to speed-
VHCL SPD SE While driving
ometer reading
Turn signal lamp LH and RH blinking LH/RH
TURN SIGNAL
Left side lane marker is detected On
LANE DETCT LH
Left side lane marker is not detected Off
Right side lane marker is detected On
LANE DETCT RH
Right side lane marker is not detected Off
The vehicle is crossing left side lane marker On
CROSS LANE LH
The vehicle is not crossing left side lane marker Off
The vehicle is crossing right side lane marker On
CROSS LANE RH
The vehicle is not crossing right side lane marker Off
Warning for left side lane On
WARN LANE LH
Not warning for left side lane Off
Warning for right side lane On
WARN LANE RH
Not warning for right side lane Off
Lateral position for left side lane marker is valid VLD
VALID POS LH
Lateral position for left side lane marker is invalid INVLD
Lateral position for right side lane marker is valid VLD
VALID POS RH
Lateral position for right side lane marker is invalid INVLD
XOFFSET Camera aiming is completed Approx. 180 pixel
NOTE:
AIM CHECK YAW —
NOTE:
AIM CHECK ROLL —
NOTE:
AIM CHECK PITCH —
Camera aiming is not completed 0.0 deg
FCTRY AIM YAW
Camera aiming is completed 0 ± 5.0 deg

LANE CAMERA UNIT
A
Camera aiming is not completed 0.0 deg
FCTRY AIM ROL
Camera aiming is not completed 0.0 deg B
FCTRY AIM PIT
ADAS control unit malfunction On
ADAS MALF
ADAS control unit normal Off C
TERMINAL LAYOUT
D
JSOIA0232ZZ
G
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No. H
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output I
1
Ground — — 0V
(B)
4
J
(L)
5
Ground Ground — — 0V
(B)
K
7
Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch Battery voltage
(W/G)
8 L
(Y)
M
Lane Departure Warning (LDW) N
If a malfunction occurs in the lane camera unit, ADAS control unit cancels control, and turns ON the lane
departure warning lamp in the combination meter.
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) DAS
If a malfunction occurs in the lane camera unit, ADAS control unit cancels control, sounds a beep, and turns
ON the lane departure warning lamp in the combination meter.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT HIGH TEMPERATURE P
Lane Departure Warning (LDW)
automatically. And the lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will blinks.
• When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume operation automatically and the lane depar-
ture warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will stop blinking.
Lane Departure Prevention (LDP)

LANE CAMERA UNIT
automatically. And the buzzer sounds and lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter
will blinks.
• When interior temperature is reduced, the system will resume when dynamic driver assistance switch is
turned OFF and turned ON and the lane departure warning lamp (yellow) in the combination meter will stop
blinking.
If multiple DTCs are detected simultaneously, check them one by one depending on the following DTC inspec-

1
2 C1A50: ADAS MALFUNCTION
• C1B03: ABNRML TEMP DETECT
3
4 C1B00: CAMERA UNIT MALF
×: Applicable
Lane departure warning

DTC Fail-safe Reference
lamp (yellow)
C1A50 ADAS MALFUNCTION ON — DAS-381
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF ON × DAS-361
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP ON × DAS-363
C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT Blink × DAS-365
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR1 ON × DAS-366
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR1 ON × DAS-368
U0428 STRG SEN CAN CIR2 ON × DAS-373
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ON × DAS-374
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × DAS-376

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [LDW & LDP]
WIRING DIAGRAM A
B
DAS
JCOWM0352GB

JCOWM0353GB

DAS
JCOWM0354GB

JCOWM0355GB

DAS
JCOWM0356GB

JCOWM0357GB

DAS
JCOWM0358GB

JCOWM0359GB

DAS
JCOWM0360GB

JCOWM0361GB

DAS
JCOWM0362GB

JCOWM0363GB

DAS
JCOWM0364GB

JCOWM0365GB

DAS
JCOWM0366GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [LDW & LDP]
BASIC INSPECTION
OVERALL SEQUENCE
JPOIA0010GB
DETAILED FLOW
Interview the customer to obtain information about symptoms using “Diagnostic Work Sheet”. (Refer to DAS-
333, "Diagnostic Work Sheet".)

>> GO TO 2. A
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. B
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” and/or “LANE CAMERA”.
YES >> GO TO 5. C
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS
Perform pre-inspection for diagnosis. Refer to DAS-335, "Inspection Procedure". D
>> GO TO 4.
E
4.ACTION TEST
Perform LDW/LDP system action test to check the operation status. Refer to DAS-336, "Description".
F
>> GO TO 6.
5.TROUBLE DIAGNOSIS BY DTC G
Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Specify a malfunctioning part. Refer to DAS-310, "DTC Index"
(ICC/ADAS) and/or DAS-316, "DTC Index" (LANE CAMERA).
H
>> GO TO 7.
6.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
I
Perform symptom diagnosis. Specify malfunctioning part. Refer to DAS-395, "Symptom Table".
>> GO TO 7. J
7.MALFUNCTION PART REPAIR
K
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III) L
Perform self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III. Check that any DTC is not detected. Erase DTC if DTC is detected
before the repair. Check that DTC is not detected again.
Is any DTC detected? M
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9.
9.REPAIR CHECK (ACTION TEST) N
Perform LDW/LDP system action test. Also check the system operation.
Does it operate normally? DAS
NO >> GO TO 4.
Diagnostic Work Sheet INFOID:0000000006223728 P
DESCRIPTION
In general, each customer feels differently about an incident. It is important to fully understand the symptoms
or conditions for a customer complaint.
There are many operating conditions that lead to the malfunction. A good grasp of such conditions can make
troubleshooting faster and more accurate.
Some conditions may cause the lane departure warning lamp to stay ON.

Utilize a work sheet sample to organize all of the information for troubleshooting.
KEY POINTS
• WHAT..... System and functions
• WHEN..... Date, Frequencies
• WHERE..... Road conditions
• HOW..... Operating conditions, Symptoms
WORK SHEET SAMPLE
JSOIA0287GB

PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS
A
Inspection Procedure INFOID:0000000006223729
1.CHECK CAMERA LENS AND WINDSHIELD B
Are camera lens and windshield contaminated with foreign materials?

C
YES >> Clean camera lens and windshield.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK LANE CAMERA UNIT INSTALLATION CONDITION D
Check lane camera unit installation condition (installation position, properly tightened, a bent bracket).
Is it properly installed?
YES >> GO TO 3. E
NO >> Install lane camera unit properly, and perform camera aiming. Refer to DAS-340, "Description".
3.CHECK VEHICLE HEIGHT
F
Check vehicle height. Refer to FSU-21, "Wheel Height".
Is vehicle height appropriate?
YES >> INSPECTION END G
NO >> Repair vehicle to appropriate height.
DAS

ACTION TEST
ACTION TEST
• Perform action test to verify the customer's concern.

• Perform action test and check the system operation after system diagnosis.
WARNING:
CAUTION:
• Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
- Precautions: Refer to DAS-273, "Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service".
- System description for LDW: Refer to DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM :
System Description".
- System description for LDP: Refer to DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM :
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-288, "Precautions for Lane Departure Warning/Lane Departure
Prevention".
WARNING:
CAUTION:
• Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
- Precautions: Refer to DAS-273, "Precaution for LDW/LDP System Service".
- System description for LDW: Refer to DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM :
- System description for LDP: Refer to DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM :
- Handling precaution: Refer to DAS-288, "Precautions for Lane Departure Warning/Lane Departure
Prevention".
1.ACTION TEST FOR LDW
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Turn warning systems switch ON (warning systems ON indicator is ON).
NOTE:
LDP system is OFF.
3. Check the LDW operation according to the following table.
Warning sys-
Indication on the combination
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action tems ON indi- Buzzer
meter
cator
Less than
Approx. 60
Close to lane marker No action ON OFF —
km/h (40
MPH)
Warning
• Buzzer sounds Short contin-
Approx. 70 Close to lane marker ON
• Warning lamp uous beeps
km/h (45 blinks
MPH) or
more
JPOIA0018GB

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action ON OFF —
side)
NOTE:

ACTION TEST
After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed
reaches approximately 60 km/h (40 MPH). Refer to DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) A
SYSTEM : System Description".
>> GO TO 2. B
2.CHECK LDP SYSTEM SETTING
C
2. Check that the LDP system setting can be enabled/disabled on the navigation screen.
3. Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 30 seconds or more.
4. Check that the previous setting is saved when the engine starts again.
D
>> GO TO 3.
3.ACTION TEST FOR LDP E
1. Enable the setting of the LDP system on the navigation screen.
2. Turn dynamic driver assistance switch ON (LDP ON indicator lamp is ON).
NOTE: F
LDW system is OFF.
3. Check the LDP operation according to the following table.
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action Indication on the combination meter Buzzer G
H
Less than Ap-
prox. 60 km/h Close to lane marker No action —
(40 MPH)
I
JPOIA0021GB
DAS

ACTION TEST
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action Indication on the combination meter Buzzer
Warning and yawing

• Buzzer sounds Short continu-
Close to lane marker
• Warning lamp blinks ous beeps
• Brake control
JPOIA0022GB

• Turn signal ON (Deviate No action —
side)
Approx. 70 JPOIA0021GB
km/h (45
MPH) or more
Warning
Close to lane marker with Short continu-
• Buzzer sounds
soft braking ous beeps
• Warning lamp blinks
JPOIA0022GB
• VDC OFF Switch

Cancellation
OFF ⇒ ON
• Buzzer sounds
(VDC system ON ⇒
• Indicator lamp blinks
OFF)
NOTE: Beep
• SNOW mode switch
When dynamic driver assis-
OFF ⇒ ON
tance switch is ON ⇒ OFF, in-
• 4WD shift switch is in the
dicator lamp is turned OFF.
4H or 4L JPOIA0023GB
NOTE:
After the operating conditions are satisfied, the control continues until the vehicle speed reaches approxi-
mately 60 km/h (40 MPH). Refer to DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : System
Description".
>> INSPECTION END

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING LANE CAMERA UNIT
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING LANE CAMERA UNIT
A
Always adjust the camera aiming after removing and installing or replacing the lane camera unit. B
CAUTION:
The system does not operate normally unless the camera aiming adjustment is performed. Always
perform it.
C
1.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT D

Perform the camera aiming adjustment with CONSULT-III. Refer to DAS-340, "Description".
>> GO TO 2. E
2.PERFORM SELF-DIAGNOSIS
Perform the self-diagnosis of lane camera unit with CONSULT-III. Check if any DTC is detected. F
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-316, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. G
3.LDW/LDP SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Perform the LDW/LDP system action test. Refer to DAS-339, "Description".
2. Check that the LDW/LDP system operates normally. H
>> WORK END

I
DAS

CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT
Always adjust the camera aiming after removing and installing or replacing the lane camera unit.
CAUTION:
• Place the vehicle on level ground when the camera aiming adjustment is operated.
• Follow the CONSULT-III when performing the camera aiming. (Camera aiming adjustment cannot be
operated without CONSULT-III.)
Work Procedure (Preparation) INFOID:0000000006223735
Perform self-diagnosis of ADAS control unit and lane camera unit.
Except “C1B01”>>Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to
DAS-310, "DTC Index" (ICC/ADAS) or DAS-316, "DTC Index" (LANE CAMERA).
“C1B01” or no DTC>>GO TO 2.
2.PREPARATION BEFORE CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT
1. Perform pre-inspection for diagnosis. Refer to DAS-335, "Inspection Procedure".
2. Adjust the tire pressure to the specified pressure value.
3. Maintain no-load in vehicle.
4. Check if coolant and engine oil are filled up to correct level and fuel tank is full.
5. Shift the selector lever to “P” position and release the parking brake.
6. Clean the windshield.
7. Completely clear off the instrument panel.
>> GO TO 3.
3. PREPARATION OF AIMING ADJUSTMENT JIG
Prepare the aiming adjustment jig according to the following procedure and the figure.
1. Print out the target mark attached in this service manual. Refer to DAS-343, "Work Procedure (Target
Mark Sample)".
2. Stick a printed target mark on the board with a scotch tape or a piece of double-sided tape.
NOTE:
• Use the board that peripheral area of the target is monochrome such as a white-board.
• Notice that the cross of the target is horizontal and vertical.
JPOIA0011ZZ

1. Board 2. String 3. Cone A

: Target mark
Diameter of a target (D) : 200 mm (7.87 in) B

Height of a target center (H) : 1450 mm (57.09 in)
Width between a right target cen- : 600 mm (23.62 in) C
ter from a left target center (W)
>> Go to DAS-341, "Work Procedure (Target Setting)". D

Work Procedure (Target Setting) INFOID:0000000006223736
CAUTION: E
• Perform this operation in a horizontal position where there is a clear view for 5 m (16.4 ft) forward
and 3 m (9.84 ft) wide.
• Place the target in a well-lighted location. (Poor lighting may make it hard to adjust.) F
• The target may not be detected when there is a light source within 1.5 m (4.92 ft) from either side and
within 1 m (3.28 ft) upward/downward from the target.
• Check the location of the sun. (Sunlight should not shine directly on the front of the vehicle.)
• The target may not be detected when there is the same pattern of black and white as the target when G
the pattern is within 1 m (3.28 ft) from either side and upward/downward position from the target. (It
is desirable that the vehicle is positioned on the opposite side of a single-color wall.)
1.TARGET SETTING H
PKIB4694E
N
“A” – “E” (“C” – “F”) : 3850 mm (151.57 in)
1. Mark points “A”, “B”, “C” and “D”at the center of the lateral sur- DAS
face of each wheels.
NOTE:
Hang a string with a cone from the fender so as to pass through P
the center of wheel, and then mark a point at the center of the
lateral surface of the wheel.
2. Draw line “LH” passing through points “A” and “B” on the left side
of vehicle.
NOTE:
Approximately 4 m (13.12 ft) or more from the front end of vehi-
cle.
JSOIA0360GB

3. Mark point “E” on the line “LH” at the positions 3850 mm (151.57 in) from point “A”.
4. Draw line “RH” passing through points “C” and “D” on the right side of vehicle in the same way as step 2.
NOTE:
Approximately 4 m (13.12 ft) or more from the front end of vehicle.
5. Mark point “F” on the line “RH” at the positions 3850 mm (151.57 in) from point “C”.
6. Draw line “FW” passing through the points “E” and “F” on the front side of vehicle.
7. Mark point “X” at the center of point “E” and “F” on the line “FW”.
CAUTION:
Make sure that “E” to “X” is equal to “F” to “X”.
8. Position the center of the right target to point of “X”.
>> Go to DAS-342, "Work Procedure (Camera Aiming

Adjustment)".
JPOIA0173GB
Work Procedure (Camera Aiming Adjustment) INFOID:0000000006223737
CAUTION:
Perform the adjustment under unloaded vehicle condition.
1.CHECK VEHICLE HEIGHT
Measure the wheelarch height. Calculate “Dh”.
Dh [mm] = (Hfl + Hfr) ÷ 2 − 903

where,
Hfl: Front left wheelarch height [mm]
Hfr: Front right wheelarch height [mm]
NOTE:
“Dh” may be calculated as a minus value.
JSOIA0361ZZ
>> GO TO 2.
2.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT
CAUTION:
Operate CONSULT-III outside the vehicle, and close all the doors. (To retain vehicle attitude appropri-
ately)
1. Select “Work Support” on “LANE CAMERA” with CONSULT-III.
2. Select “AUTO AIM”.
3. Confirm the following items;
- The target should be accurately placed.
- The vehicle should be stopped.
4. Select “Start” to perform camera aiming.
CAUTION:
• Never select “Start” when the target is not accurately placed.
• Wait 5 seconds or more after selecting “Start”.
5. Input “Dh”, and then select “Start”.
CAUTION:
Never change “Ht” and “Dt”.
6. Confirm the displayed item.
- “Normally Completed”: Select “Completion”.
- “SUSPENSION”, “X AIMING NG Y”, “ABNORMALLY COMPLETED”: Perform the following services.

Displayed item Possible cause Service procedure A

Temporary malfunction in internal processing of the lane
— Go back to Step 1
camera unit.
00H Routine not ac- Position the target appro- B
Lane camera unit malfunction.
SUSPENSION tivated priately again. Perform
• Temporary malfunction in internal processing of the the aiming again. Refer
10H Writing error lane camera unit. to DAS-341, "Work Pro-
cedure (Target Setting)"
C
• Lane camera unit malfunction.
X AIMING NG Y • A target is not-yet-placed. Position the target appro-
—
(X: 0 - 7, Y: 1 - 8) (The lane camera unit cannot detect a target.) priately again. Perform
• The position of the lane camera unit is not correct. the aiming again. Refer D
ABNORMALLY COM- • Inappropriate work environment. to DAS-340, "Work Pro-
—
PLETED • Inappropriate vehicle condition. cedure (Preparation)".
NOTE: E
Replace camera unit if “00H Routine not activated” or “10H Writing error” are repeatedly indicated during the
above two services are performed.
7. Confirm that “Normally Completed” is displayed and then select “End” to close the aiming adjustment pro- F
cedure.
>> GO TO 3. G
Perform self-diagnosis of lane camera unit with CONSULT-III.
H
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the applicable item. Refer to DAS-
316, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4. I
4.ACTION TEST
Test the LDW/LDP system operation by action test. Refer to DAS-336, "Description". J
>> WORK END

K
Work Procedure (Target Mark Sample) INFOID:0000000006223738
NOTE:
L
DAS

Print this illustration so that the diameter of the circle is 200 mm (7.87 in).
PGIA0105J

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [LDW & LDP]
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

C
DTC
play)
D
C1A00
(0)

G

DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)

2. Turn the LDP system ON.
ADAS”.

Diagnosis Procedure".

A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
(On board DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
name
display)
If the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from • Wheel speed sensor
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) re- • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(3) CIRC ceived by the ADAS control unit via CAN com- unit) D
munication, are inconsistent • ADAS control unit
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A03” is detected along with DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”. E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Start the engine. G
CAUTION: H
6. Check if the “C1A03” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. I
YES-1 (Lane departure warning lamp: ON)>>Refer to DAS-347, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES-2 (Lane departure warning lamp: OFF)>>Refer to CCS-87, "Diagnosis Procedure". J
K
Check if “C1A04” or “U1000” is detected other than “C1A03” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. L
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”. N
BRC-51, "DTC Index". DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
C1A04 If a malfunction occurs in the VDC/TCS/ABS ABS actuator and electric unit (control
ABS/TCS/VDC CIRC
(4) system unit)
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Stop lamp switch D
A mismatch between a stop lamp switch signal
and a ICC brake switch signal received from
• Incorrect stop lamp switch installa-
C1A05 BRAKE SW/STOP L ECM and a stop lamp signal received from the
tion
(5) SW ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) con- E
• Incorrect ICC brake switch installa-
tinues for 10 seconds or more with vehicle
tion
speeds at approximately 40 km/h or more
• ECM
• ABS actuator and electric unit (con- F
trol unit)
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A05” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-374, G
H
2. Check if the “U1000” is detected other than “C1A05” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. I
Refer to DAS-374, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic". J
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ICC BRAKE SWITCH K
Check that “STOP LAMP SW” and “BRAKE SW” operate normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 3. L
NO-1 >> When “BRAKE SW” operation is malfunctioning: GO TO 4.
NO-2 >> When “STOP LAMP SW” operation is malfunctioning: GO TO 9.
3.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH M
N
YES >> GO TO 14.
NO >> GO TO 9.
4.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSTALLATION DAS
2. Check ICC brake switch for correct installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
Is the inspection result normal? P
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Adjust ICC brake switch installation. Refer to BR-7, "Inspection and Adjustment".
5.ICC BRAKE SWITCH INSPECTION
1. Disconnect ICC brake switch connector.
2. Check ICC brake switch. Refer to DAS-352, "Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch)".

YES >> GO TO 6.
6.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Check voltage between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
Terminals
(+) (-) Voltage
ICC brake switch (Approx.)

E68 1 Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 7.
7.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN ICC BRAKE SWITCH AND ECM
2. Disconnect ECM connector.
3. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ECM harness connector.
ICC brake switch ECM

Continuity
4. Check for continuity between ICC brake switch harness connector and ground.
ICC brake switch

Continuity
E68 2 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 8.
YES >> GO TO 10.
10.STOP LAMP SWITCH INSPECTION
YES >> GO TO 11.

11.CHECK STOP LAMP SWITCH POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT A

2. Check voltage between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground.
B
Terminals
(+) (-) Voltage C
Connector Terminal
Ground D
1
E115 Battery voltage
3
YES >> GO TO 12.
12.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ECM F
2. Disconnect ECM, rear combination lamp and high-mounted stop lamp connectors.
3. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ECM harness connector. G

Continuity H
4. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ground. I
Stop lamp switch

Continuity
Connector Terminal Ground J
E115 2 Not existed
K
YES >> GO TO 13.
13.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN STOP LAMP SWITCH AND ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT L
(CONTROL UNIT)
1. Disconnect ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) connector.
2. Check for continuity between stop lamp switch harness connector and ABS actuator and electric unit M
(control unit) harness connector.
ABS actuator and electric N

Stop lamp switch
E115 4 E36 17 Existed DAS
P
Stop lamp switch
Continuity
E115 4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 14.


NO >> GO TO 15.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ABS”. Refer to BRC-51, "DTC Index".
Component Inspection (ICC Brake Switch) INFOID:0000000006228190
1.CHECK ICC BRAKE SWITCH

Check for continuity between ICC brake switch terminals.

Not exist-
When brake pedal is depressed
1 2 ed
When brake pedal is released Existed
Component Inspection (Stop Lamp Switch) INFOID:0000000006228191

Check for continuity between stop lamp switch terminals.

1 2 Not exist-
ed
3 4 Not exist-
ed

C1A06 OPERATION SW
C1A06 OPERATION SW
A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Any switch of the ICC steering switch is de-
tected as “ON” continuously for 60 seconds • ICC steering switch circuit
C1A06 OPERATION SW D
• An ON/OFF state judgment of the ICC differs • ICC steering switch
(6) CIRC
between ECM and ADAS control unit, and the • ECM
state continues for 2 seconds or more
NOTE: E
DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE F

1. Start the engine. G
2. Wait for approximately 5 minutes after turning the LDP system ON.
H
I

K
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2. Disconnect the ICC steering switch connector. M
3. Check the ICC steering switch. Refer to DAS-354, "Component Inspection".
YES >> GO TO 3. N
3.CHECK HARNESS BETWEEN SPIRAL CABLE AND ECM
1. Disconnect the ECM connector. DAS
2. Check for continuity between the spiral cable harness connector and ECM harness connector.
Spiral cable ECM P

Continuity
25 128
M33 E80 Existed
32 130
3. Check for continuity between spiral cable harness connector and ground.

C1A06 OPERATION SW
Spiral cable
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
25
M33 Not existed
32
YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SPIRAL CABLE
Check for continuity between spiral cable terminals.
Spiral cable
Continuity
Terminal
13 25
Existed
16 32
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> Replace the spiral cable.
1. Connect the connectors of ICC steering switch and ECM connector.
4. Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”.
YES >> Perform self-diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer
to EC-98, "DTC Index".

Check resistance between ICC steering switch terminals.
Resistance
Terminal Switch operation
[Ω]
When pressing MAIN switch Approx. 0
When pressing dynamic driver assistance
Approx. 267
switch
When pressing CANCEL switch Approx. 615
Approx.
When pressing DISTANCE switch
1090 JSOIA0319GB
13 16
Approx.
When pressing SET/COAST switch
1805
When pressing RESUME/ACCELERATE Approx.
switch 2985
Approx.
When all switches are not pressed
5415

C1A14 ECM
C1A14 ECM
A
DTC
play)
• Accelerator pedal position sensor
C1A14
ECM CIRCUIT If ECM is malfunctioning • ECM
(14) D
NOTE:

CAUTION:
3. Stop the vehicle. G
Is “C1A14” detected as the current malfunction? H
I

NO >> GO TO 2.
M
EC-98, "DTC Index".
N
DAS

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
C1A15 GEAR POSITION
ADAS control unit judges the gear position based on the following signals.
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
• Input speed sensor
(15) sensor)
• TCM
NOTE:
“C1A03”, or “C1A04”.
CAUTION:
6. Check if “C1A15” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7. A
B
CAUTION:
C
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GEAR POSITION SIGNAL D
YES >> GO TO 5. E
NO >> GO TO 6.
F
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> GO TO 6.
1. Perform “All DTC Reading”. H
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to I
TM-78, "DTC Index".
7.CHECK ABS ACTUATOR AND ELECTRIC UNIT (CONTROL UNIT) SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS J

K
L
DAS

C1A24 NP RANGE
C1A24 NP RANGE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
NP RANGE
NOTE:
NO >> GO TO 2.

NO >> GO TO 2.
Check that “NP RANGE SW” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 4.

C1A24 NP RANGE
4.PERFORM TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS A

Is any DTC detected? B
TM-78, "DTC Index".
C
DAS

C1A50 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
C1A50 ADAS CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause

C1A50 ADAS MALFUNCTION If ADAS control unit is malfunctioning ADAS control unit
NOTE:
4. Check if the “C1A50” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAM-
ERA”.
1.CHECK LANE CAMERA UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A50” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.
Refer to DAS-374, "LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> Replace the lane camera unit. Refer to DAS-403, "Removal and Installation".

C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF
A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
DTC
display)
C1B00 D
CAMERA UNIT MALF If lane camera unit is malfunctioning Lane camera unit
(81)

3. Check if the “C1B00” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “C1B00” detected as the current malfunction?
YES >> Refer to DAS-361, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure". G
H

Check if “C1B00” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”. I
Is “C1B00” detected?
YES >> Refer to DAS-361, "LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic"
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". J
LANE CAMERA UNIT
LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223765
K
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

L
C1B00 CAMERA UNIT MALF If lane camera unit is malfunctioning Lane camera unit
M
N
3. Check if the “C1B00” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAM-
ERA”. DAS
NO >> INSPECTION END P
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223766

Check if any DTC other than “C1B00” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.


C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP
A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
DTC
display)
• Lane camera aiming is not ad- D
C1B01 justed
CAM AIMING INCMP Camera aiming is not completed
(82) • Lane camera aiming adjustment
has been interrupted
E
2. Operate the LDP system and drive.
CAUTION: G
H
I

Check if “C1B01” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.
YES >> Refer to DAS-363, "LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic" K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK DATA MONITOR L
2. Check that “OK” is indicated for the value of “AIMING RESULT” in “DATA MONITOR” of “LANE CAM-
ERA”.
M
Is “OK” indicated?
N
LANE CAMERA UNIT
DAS
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
P
• Lane camera aiming is not ad-
justed
C1B01 CAM AIMING INCMP Camera aiming is not completed
• Lane camera aiming adjustment
has been interrupted


3. Check if the “C1B01” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAM-
ERA”.
YES >> Refer to DAS-364, "LANE CAMERA UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure".
1.CAMERA AIMING ADJUSTMENT

1. Perform the camera aiming. Refer to DAS-340, "Description".
2. Erase all self-diagnosis results with CONSULT-III.
4. Check if the “C1B01” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.
YES >> Replace the lane camera unit. Refer to DAS-403, "Removal and Installation".

C1B03 ABNRML TEMP DETECT
A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
C
DTC
display)
C1B03 Temperature around lane camera unit is ex- Interior room temperature is exces- D
CAM ABNRML TMP DETCT
(83) cessively high sively high
ADAS CONTROL UNIT : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223772 E

2. Check if the “C1B03” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”
YES >> Refer to DAS-365, "LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic". G
NO >> GO TO 2.
H
1. Erase all self-diagnosis results with CONSULT-III.
3. Check if the “C1B03” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”
I
J
LANE CAMERA UNIT
K
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

L
Temperature around lane camera unit is ex- Interior room temperature is exces-
cessively high sively high
M
1.COOLING LANE CAMERA UNIT N

1. Wait for 10 minutes or more to cool the lane camera unit.
2. Erase All self-diagnosis results with CONSULT-III.
3. Perform “All DTC Reading”. DAS
4. Check if the “C1B03” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.
YES >> Replace the lane camera unit. Refer to DAS-403, "Removal and Installation". P

U0104 ADAS CAN 1
U0104 ADAS CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If lane camera unit detects an error signal that
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR 1 is received from ADAS control unit via ITS ADAS control unit
communication
NOTE:
"LANE CAMERA UNIT : DTC Logic".
4. Check if the “U0104” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAM-
ERA”.

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U0104” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

U0121 VDC CAN 2
U0121 VDC CAN 2
A
DTC
play)
(127) unit) D
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If lane camera unit detects an error signal that
U0126 STRG SEN CAN CIR1 is received from steering angle sensor via Steering angle sensor
ADAS control unit
NOTE:
ERA”.

NO >> GO TO 2.

U0401 ECM CAN 1
U0401 ECM CAN 1
A
DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
display)
U0401
(120) D
cation
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”. L
EC-98, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U0402 TCM CAN 1
U0402 TCM CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
U0402
(122)
cation
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
TM-78, "DTC Index".

U0405 ADAS CAN 2
U0405 ADAS CAN 2
A

If lane camera unit detects an error signal that C
U0405 ADAS CAN CIR 2 is received from ADAS control unit via ITS ADAS control unit
communication
NOTE: D
ERA”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
M
DAS

U0415 VDC CAN 1
U0415 VDC CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
(126) unit)
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

A

If lane camera unit detects an error signal that C
U0428 STRG SEN CAN CIR2 is received from steering angle sensor via Steering angle sensor
ADAS control unit
NOTE: D
ERA”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
CAN COMMUNICATION
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
NOTE:

2. Turn the LDP system ON, and then wait for 30 seconds or more.
LANE CAMERA UNIT
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000006223794
ITS COMMUNICATION
large quantities of data at high speed by connecting control units with 2 communication lines
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes A

If lane camera unit is not transmitting or receiving
U1000 CAN COMM CIRCUIT ITS communication system
ITS communication signal for 2 seconds or more
B
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS C

2. Turn the LDP system ON, and then wait for 2 seconds or more.
D
ERA”.
E
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)

LANE CAMERA UNIT
LANE CAMERA UNIT : Description INFOID:0000000006223800
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If lane camera unit detects malfunction by CAN
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Lane camera unit
controller initial diagnosis

ERA”.
YES >> Replace the lane camera unit. Refer to DAS-403, "Removal and Installation".

U150B ECM CAN 3
U150B ECM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
ECM CAN CIRC 3 ECM
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “U150B” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
EC-98, "DTC Index".
DAS

U150C VDC CAN 3
U150C VDC CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
(158) unit)
NOTE:

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150C” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

U150D TCM CAN 3
U150D TCM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
TCM CAN CIRC 3 TCM
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “U150D” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
TM-78, "DTC Index".
DAS

U150E BCM CAN 3
U150E BCM CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
BCM CAN CIRC 3 BCM
NOTE:
4. Check if the “U150E” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

NO >> GO TO 2.

U1500 CAM CAN 2
U1500 CAM CAN 2
A
DTC
play)
U1500
CAM CAN CIRC 2 received from lane camera unit via ITS com- Lane camera unit
(145) D
munication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”. L
DAS

U1501 CAM CAN 1
U1501 CAM CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1501
(145)
munication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”.

U1512 HVAC CAN 3
U1512 HVAC CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
U1512
HVAC CAN CIRC 3 received from A/C auto amp. via CAN commu- A/C auto amp.
(162) D
nication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK A/C AUTO AMP. SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “HVAC”. L
HAC-45, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U1513 METER CAN 3
U1513 METER CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1513
(163)
communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U1513” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to CCS-145,

NO >> GO TO 2.

U1516 CAM CAN 3
U1516 CAM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
U1516
(166) D
munication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “LANE CAMERA”. L
DAS

U1520 4WD CAN 3
U1520 4WD CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1520
4WD CAN CIRC 3 received from transfer control unit via CAN Transfer control unit
(176)
communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U1520” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to CCS-145,

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK TRANSFER CONTROL UNIT SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ALL MODE AWD/4WD”.
DLN-29, "DTC Index".

A
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
C
Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage D
Ignition
Ground OFF 0V
E
ON
age
F
YES >> GO TO 2.
G
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit connector. H
ADAS control unit I

Continuity
B61 6 Existed
J
K
LANE CAMERA UNIT
L
1.CHECK LANE CAMERA UNIT POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
Check voltage between lane camera unit harness connector and ground.
M
Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage N
Lane camera unit (Approx.)
Ignition
Ground OFF 0V
DAS
R8 7 Battery volt-
ON
age
P
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the lane camera unit power supply circuit.
2.CHECK LANE CAMERA UNIT GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the lane camera unit connector.

3. Check for continuity between lane camera unit harness connector and ground.
Lane camera unit

Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
1
R8 Existed
5
NO >> Repair the lane camera unit ground circuit.

WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH CIRCUIT
A
Component Function Check INFOID:0000000006223825
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL B

2. Select the DATA MONITOR item “WARN SYS SW” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
3. With operating the warning systems switch, check the monitor status. C
Monitor item Condition Monitor status

Warning systems switch is pressed On D
WARN SYS
SW Warning systems switch is not pressed OFF
YES >> Warning systems switch circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to DAS-389, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223826 F
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT

1. Turn the ignition switch ON. G
2. Check voltage between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
Condition
(+) (−)
Voltage
ADAS control unit Warning (Approx.) I
systems
Ground
Pressed 0V
B61 1 J
Released 12 V
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH
L
2. Remove warning systems switch.
3. Check warning systems switch. Refer to DAS-390, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the warning systems switch. Refer to DAS-404, "Removal and Installation".
N
3.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between twin switch harness connector terminal and the ground.
DAS
Twin switch
Continuity
M127 3 Existed P

YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> Repair harness or connector.
4.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

2. Check continuity between the ADAS control unit harness connector and twin switch harness connector.
ADAS control unit Twin switch

Continuity
B61 1 M127 2 Existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
Check continuity between the ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
ADAS control unit

Continuity
B61 1 Not existed

Check continuity of warning systems switch.

When warning systems switch is pressed Existed
2 3
When warning systems switch is released Not existed
NO >> Replace warning systems switch.

WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR B

2. Select the active test item “WARNING SYSTEM IND” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
3. With operating the test item, check the operation. C
On : Warning systems ON indicator illuminates

Off : Warning systems ON indicator is turned OFF D
NO >> Refer to DAS-391, "Diagnosis Procedure". E
F
1.CHECK WARNING ON INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect twin switch connector. G
4. Check voltage between twin switch harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
(+) (−) Voltage
Twin switch (Approx.) I
M127 8 Battery voltage
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the warning systems ON indicator power supply circuit.
K
2.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR SIGNAL FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit harness connector. L
ADAS control unit Twin switch M

Continuity
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. DAS
3.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
P
ADAS control unit
Continuity
B61 4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.

4.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR
Check the warning systems ON indicator. Refer to DAS-392, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace warning systems switch. DAS-404, "Removal and Installation".

Apply battery voltage to warning systems switch terminals 8 and 9, and then check if the warning systems ON
indicator illuminates.
Terminals Driver warning

Condition systems ON in-
(+) (-) dicator
When the battery voltage is applied On
8 9
When the battery voltage is not applied Off

WARNING BUZZER CIRCUIT
A
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER B

2. Select the active test item “LDP BUZZER” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
On : Warning buzzer is activated.

Off : Warning buzzer is not activated. D
F
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the warning buzzer connector. G
4. Check voltage between the warning buzzer harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
(+) (−) Voltage
Warning buzzer (Approx.) I
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the warning buzzer power supply circuit.
K
2.CHECK WARNING BUZZER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between the warning buzzer harness connector and ground. L
Warning buzzer
Continuity M
M94 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK WARNING BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN DAS
2. Check continuity between the ADAS control unit harness connector and warning buzzer harness connec-
tor. P
ADAS control unit Warning buzzer

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK WARNING BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
ADAS control unit

Continuity
M61 12 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK WARNING BUZZER OPERATION
1. Connect the warning buzzer connector.
3. Apply ground to warning buzzer terminal 2.
4. Check condition of the warning buzzer.
Does warning buzzer sound?
NO >> Replace the warning buzzer.

LDW & LDP SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [LDW & LDP]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
B
NOTE:
For the operational conditions of Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP), refer
to the following descriptions. C
• LDW: DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : System Description"
• LDP: DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : System Description"
D
Lane departure warning Lane departure warning lamp
• Combination meter
lamp (Yellow) does not illu- does not turned ON E
minate. Refer to DAS-397, "Description"
LDP ON indicator lamp does not
LDP ON indicator lamp • Combination meter
turned ON
(Green) does not illuminate. • ADAS control unit F
Refer to DAS-398, "Description"
• Harness between ADAS
control unit and warning sys-
Warning systems ON indica- circuit
tems switch G
tor does not illuminate. Refer to DAS-391, "Component
Function Check"
• Lane departure warning lamp H
Indicator/warning lamps do not
does not turned ON
illuminate when ignition switch
Lane departure warning Refer to DAS-397, "Descrip-
OFF ⇒ ON
lamp (Yellow) and LDP ON • Combination meter tion"
indicator lamp (Green) does • ADAS control unit • LDP ON indicator lamp does I
not illuminate. not turned ON
Refer to DAS-398, "Descrip-
tion"
J
All of indicator/warning
lamps does not illuminate;
Power supply and ground circuit
• Lane departure warning
• Power supply and ground cir- of ADAS control unit
lamp (Yellow) K
cuit of ADAS control unit Refer to DAS-387, "ADAS CON-
• LDP ON indicator lamp
• ADAS control unit TROL UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
(Green)
dure"
• Warning systems ON indi-
cator L
• Harness between ADAS
control unit and warning sys-
Warning systems ON indica-
tems switch Warning systems switch circuit M
tor is not turned ON ⇔ OFF
• Harness between warning Refer to DAS-389, "Component
when operating warning
systems switch and ground Function Check"
systems switch
LDW system is not activated. • ADAS control unit N
(Indicator/warning lamps illumi- • Harness between the IPDM
nate when ignition switch OFF E/R and warning buzzer
⇒ ON) • Harness between ADAS
Warning buzzer is not DAS
control unit and warning Warning buzzer circuit
sounding.
buzzer Refer to DAS-393, "Component
(Lane departure warning
• Harness between warning Function Check"
lamp is activated.)
buzzer and ground P
• Warning buzzer

• Dynamic driver assistance
switch (ICC steering switch)
• Dynamic driver assistance Refer to DAS-354, "Compo-
Indicator lamp is not turned
switch nent Inspection"
ON ⇔ OFF when operating
• Combination meter • LDP system setting can not be
dynamic driver assistance
LDP system is not activated. • ADAS control unit turned ON/OFF on the naviga-
switch
(LDW system is functioning nor- • AV control unit tion screen
mally) Refer to DAS-400, "Descrip-
tion"
• Cause of auto-cancel 2
Warning is functioning but Refer to DAS-291
—
yawing is not functioning. • Normal operating condition
Refer to DAS-401
Warning functions are not timely
(Example) • Camera aiming adjustment
Camera aiming adjustment
• Does not function when driving on lane markers • Lane camera unit
DAS-340, "Description"
• Functions when driving in a lane • ADAS control unit
• Functions in a different position from the actual position.
Turn indicator signal (CAN) System operates even when us-
Functions when changing the course in direction of the turn sig-
• BCM ing turn signal
nal
• ADAS control unit Refer to DAS-399, "Description"

LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURNED ON
LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LAMP DOES NOT TURNED ON
A
The lane departure warning lamp in the combination meter does not turn ON when turning on the ignition B
switch
C
1.CHECK LANE DEPARTURE WARNING LAMP
1. Check that “LANE DEPARTURE W/L” operate normally in “ACTIVE TEST” of “ICC/ADAS”.
2. Operate the test items to check that the lane departure warning lamp blinks D
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2. E
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON to check that “LANE W/L” included in “DATA MONITOR” in “METER/ F
M&A” operates normally.
YES >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-85, "Removal and Installation". G
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF COMBINATION METER
1. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III. H
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “METER/M&A”. Refer to MWI-43, "DTC Index".
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. I
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT J
Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” Refer to DAS-310, "DTC Index".
YES >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. K
DAS

LDP ON INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURNED ON
LDP ON INDICATOR LAMP DOES NOT TURNED ON
The LDP ON indicator lamp in the combination meter does not turn ON when turning on the ignition switch
1.CHECK LDP ON INDICATOR LAMP

1. Check that “LDP ON IND” operate normally in “ACTIVE TEST” of “ICC/ADAS”.
2. Check if the LDP ON indicator lamp illuminates when operates each test item.
YES >> GO TO 4.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK COMBINATION METER
Turn the ignition switch from OFF to ON to check that “LDP IND” included in “DATA MONITOR” in “METER/
M&A” operates normally.
YES >> Replace the combination meter. Refer to MWI-85, "Removal and Installation".
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF COMBINATION METER
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “METER/M&A” Refer to MWI-43, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” Refer to DAS-310, "DTC Index".

THE SYSTEM OPERATES EVEN WHEN USING TURN SIGNAL
THE SYSTEM OPERATES EVEN WHEN USING TURN SIGNAL
A
The warning of Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP) and the yaw moment B
control are activated during the use of a turn signal.
NOTE:
For the operational conditions of Lane Departure Warning (LDW) and Lane Departure Prevention (LDP), refer
to the following descriptions. C
• LDW: DAS-277, "LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) SYSTEM : System Description"
• LDP: DAS-280, "LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP) SYSTEM : System Description"
D
1.CHECK TURN SIGNAL OPERATION

E
Check that both right and left turn signals are normal.
YES >> GO TO 2. F
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts. Refer to EXL-113, "Symptom Table".
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS” Refer to DAS-310, "DTC Index".
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. H
DAS

LDP SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVIGATION
SCREEN
LDP SYSTEM SETTINGS CANNOT BE TURNED ON/OFF ON THE NAVI-
GATION SCREEN
• LDP system setting is not selectable on the navigation screen.

NOTE:
When the ignition switch is in ACC position, LDP system settings cannot be changed.
- “Lane Departure Prevention” is not indicated on the navigation screen.
- The switching between ON and OFF cannot be performed by operating the navigation system.
- The item of “Lane Departure Prevention” on the navigation screen is not active.
• After turning ON the ignition switch or starting the engine, LDP settings of the navigation system cannot be
selected for several tens of seconds under the following conditions:
- After replacing AV control unit.
- After erasing connection history of the navigation system.
- After erasing self-diagnosis results.
• The LDP system setting differs from the one set at the previous driving.
NOTE:
Turn OFF the ignition switch and wait for 5 seconds or more.
1.CHECK LDP SYSTEM SETTING

2. Check that the LDP system settings is selectable on the navigation screen.
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2. Check if the DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”, “MULTI AV” and “METER/M&A”.
Refer to the following.
- ICC/ADAS: DAS-310, "DTC Index"
- MULTI AV: AV-57, "DTC Index"
- METER/M&A: MWI-43, "DTC Index"
3.CHECK DATA MONITOR OF ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Check that “LDP SELECT” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
YES >> Refer to AV-28, "On Board Diagnosis Function".
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK MULTIFUNCTION SWITCH
Operate the multifunction switch to check that the audio, navigation system, and air conditioner operate prop-
erly.
NO >> Repair or replace malfunctioning parts.

A
PRECAUTIONS FOR LANE DEPARTURE WARNING (LDW) B

• LDW system is only a warning device to inform the driver of a potential unintended lane departure. It will not
steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert, drive safely, keep the
vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of the vehicle at all times. C
• LDW system will not operate at speeds below approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• LDW system may not function properly under the following conditions: D
yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers; or lane markers covered with water, dirt or snow,
etc. E
- On roads where the discontinued lane markers are still detectable.
lines remaining after road repairs. (The LDW system could detect these items as lane markers.) F
- When traveling close to other vehicle in front of the vehicle, which obstructs the lane camera unit detection G
range.
H
- When strong light enters the lane camera unit. (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehi-
- When a sudden change in brightness occurs. (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or
under a bridge.) I
PRECAUTIONS FOR LANE DEPARTURE PREVENTION (LDP)
• LDP system will not steer the vehicle or prevent loss of control. It is the driver’s responsibility to stay alert,
drive safely, keep the vehicle in the traveling lane, and be in control of vehicle at all times. J
• LDP system is primarily intended for use on well-developed freeways or highways. It may not detect the lane
markers in certain roads, weather or driving conditions.
• Using the LDP system under some conditions of road, lane marker or weather, or when driver change lanes K
without using the turn signal could lead to an unexpected system operation. In such conditions, driver needs
to correct the vehicle's direction with driver's steering operation to avoid accidents.
• When the LDP system is operating, avoid excessive or sudden steering maneuvers. Otherwise, driver could
lose control of the vehicle. L
• The LDP system will not operate at speeds below approximately 70 km/h (45 MPH) or if it cannot detect lane
markers.
• The LDP system may not function properly under the following conditions, and do not use the LDP system: M
- During bad weather (rain, fog, snow, wind, etc.).
- When driving on slippery roads, such as on ice or snow, etc.
- When driving on winding or uneven roads.
- When there is a lane closure due to road repairs. N
- When driving in a makeshift lane.
- When driving on roads where the lane width is too narrow.
- When driving with a tire that is not within normal tire conditions (for example, tire wear, low tire pressure, DAS
installation of spare tire, tire chains, non-standard wheels).
- When the vehicle is equipped with non-original brake parts or suspension parts.
• The functions of the LDP system (warning and brake control assist) may or may not operate properly under P
the following conditions:
yellow painted lane markers; non-standard lane markers or lane markers covered with water, dirt or snow,
etc.
- On roads where discontinued lane markers are still detectable.

lines remaining after road repairs (The LDP system could detect these items as lane markers.).
range.
- When strong light enters the lane camera unit (For example, the light directly shines on the front of the vehi-
- When a sudden change in brightness occurs (For example, when the vehicle enters or exits a tunnel or
under a bridge.)
• While the LDP system is operating, driver may hear a sound of brake operation. This is normal and indicates
that the LDP system is operating properly.

LANE CAMERA UNIT
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [LDW & LDP]

LANE CAMERA UNIT
B
REMOVAL
1. Remove headlining assembly. Refer to INT-29, "Removal and Installation". C
2. Remove map lamp bracket. Refer to INT-28, "Exploded View".
3. Remove the bolts.
4. Remove lane camera unit. D
INSTALLATION
E
CAUTION:
• Remove the camera lens cap for replacement.
• Never give an impact to the lane camera unit.
• Perform the camera aiming every time the lane camera unit is removed and installed. Refer to DAS- F
339, "Description".
DAS

REMOVAL
1. Remove the instrument lower panel (LH). Refer to IP-14, "Removal and Installation".
NOTE:
Warning systems switch and automatic back door switch are integrated.
INSTALLATION

A
Dynamic driver assistance switch is integrated in the ICC steering switch. Refer to ST-33, "Exploded View". B
NOTE:
Always remove ICC steering switch together with steering wheel.
C
DAS

WARNING BUZZER
WARNING BUZZER
REMOVAL
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove warning buzzer.
INSTALLATION

PRECAUTIONS
< PRECAUTION > [BSW]
PRECAUTION A
PRECAUTIONS
Precaution for Supplemental Restraint System (SRS) "AIR BAG" and "SEAT BELT B
The Supplemental Restraint System such as “AIR BAG” and “SEAT BELT PRE-TENSIONER”, used along C
air bag, depending on the severity of a collision and whether the front occupants are belted or unbelted. D
Service Manual.
WARNING: E
F
• Do not use electrical test equipment on any circuit related to the SRS unless instructed to in this G
ness connectors.
PRECAUTIONS WHEN USING POWER TOOLS (AIR OR ELECTRIC) AND HAMMERS H
WARNING:
ignition ON or engine running, DO NOT use air or electric power tools or strike near the sensor(s) I
• When using air or electric power tools or hammers, always switch the ignition OFF, disconnect the J
Precaution for BSW System Service INFOID:0000000006223848
K
WARNING:
CAUTION: L
• Never change BSW initial state ON ⇒ OFF without the consent of the customer.
TO KEEP THE BSW SYSTEM OPERATING PROPERLY, BE SURE TO OBSERVE THE FOLLOW- M
ING ITEMS:
System Maintenance
The two side radar for the BSW system are located near the rear bumper. N
• Always keep the area near the side radar clean.
• Do not attach stickers (including transparent material), install accessories or apply additional paint near the
side radar. DAS
• Do not strike or damage the area around the side radar.

COMPONENT PARTS
< SYSTEM DESCRIPTION > [BSW]
SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
COMPONENT PARTS
JSOIA0370ZZ
1. Side radar RH 2. BCM 3. TCM

Refer to BCS-4, "BODY CONTROL Refer to TM-10, "A/T CONTROL
SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca- SYSTEM : Component Parts Loca-
tion" tion"
4. ABS actuator and electric unit (con- 5. ADAS control unit 6. Side radar LH
trol unit) Refer to DAS-13, "Component Parts
Refer to BRC-10, "Component Parts Location"
Location"
7. BSW indicator RH 8. BSW warning lamp 9. BSW indicator LH
10. Warning systems switch 11. Warning systems ON indicator 12. Warning buzzer

COMPONENT PARTS
A. Rear bumper removed condition B. Rear bumper removed condition C. Instrument lower panel (LH)
D. Behind of instrument lower panel A
(LH)

B
C
• Being connected with side radar (LH and RH) via ITS communication, receives vehicle detection
ADAS control unit signal and transmits BSW indicator signal and BSW indicator dimmer signal to side radar
• Activates the warning buzzer and warning systems ON indicator
• Being connected with ADAS control unit via ITS communication, transmits vehicle detection sig- D
nal
• Receives BSW indicator signal and BSW indicator dimmer signal from ADAS control unit and
Side radar LH/ RH
transmits an indicator operation signal to BSW indicator LH/RH
E
• RH side radar equips right/left switching signal circuit for identifying LH or RH because the parts
of side radar are common for right and left
BSW indicator LH/ RH Receives BSW indicator operation signal from side radar LH/RH and turns OFF, turns ON or blinks
F
ABS actuator and electric unit
Transmits vehicle speed signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
(control unit)
Warning systems switch Inputs the switch signal to ADAS control unit
G
Indicates BSW system status
(On the warning systems switch)
Warning buzzer Receives buzzer signal from ADAS control unit and sounds buzzer.
H
• Receives BSW warning lamp signal via CAN communication
Combination meter • Turns the BSW warning lamp ON/OFF according to the signals from the ADAS control unit via
CAN communication
I
• Transmits turn indicator signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
BCM
• Transmits dimmer signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
TCM Transmits the shift position signal to ADAS control unit via CAN communication
J
DAS

SYSTEM
SYSTEM
SYSTEM DIAGRAM
JSOIA0378GB

ADAS control unit receives signals via CAN communication. It also detects vehicle conditions that are neces-
sary for BSW control.
Input Signal Item

TCM CAN communication Shift position signal Receives a selector lever position
ABS actuator
and electric unit CAN communication Vehicle speed signal (ABS) Receives wheel speeds of four wheels
(control unit)
Receives an operational state of the turn signal lamp and
Turn indicator signal
BCM CAN communication the hazard lamp
Dimmer signal Receives ON/OFF state of dimmer signal
Side radar LH,
ITS communication Vehicle detection signal Receives vehicle detection condition of detection zone
RH
tems switch switch
Output Signal Item

Combination Transmits a BSW warning lamp signal to turn ON the
CAN communication BSW warning lamp signal
meter BSW warning lamp
Transmits a BSW indicator signal to turn ON the BSW
BSW indicator signal
indicator
Side radar LH, Transmits a BSW indicator dimmer signal to dimmer
ITS communication BSW indicator dimmer signal
RH BSW indicator
control unit
Warning sys-
cator
Warning buzz-
er

SYSTEM
• The BSW system can help alert the driver of other vehicles in adjacent lanes when changing lanes. A
• The BSW system uses side radar installed near the rear bumper to detect vehicles in an adjacent lane.
• The side radar can detect vehicles on either side of vehicle within the detection zone shown as illustrated.
• This detection zone starts from the outside mirror of vehicle and extends approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) behind B
the rear bumper, and approximately 10 ft (3.0 m) sideways.
• The BSW system operates above approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH).
• If the side radar detects vehicles in the detection zone, the BSW indicator illuminates.
C
G
JSOIA0257GB
• If the driver then activates the turn signal, a buzzer will sound twice and the BSW indicator will blink.
NOTE: H
A buzzer sounds if the side radar have already detected vehicles when the driver activates the turn signal. If
a vehicle comes into the detection zone after the driver activates the turn signal, then only the BSW indicator
blinks and no buzzer sounds.
I
M
JSOIA0258GB
BSW SYSTEM OPERATION DESCRIPTION N

• ADAS control unit enables BSW system.
• The ADAS control unit turns on the BSW system when the warning systems switch is turned ON.
• Side radar detects a vehicle in the adjacent lane, and transmits the vehicle detection signal to ADAS control
DAS
unit via ITS communication.
• ADAS control unit starts the control as follows, based on a vehicle detection signal, turn signal and dimmer
signal transmitted from BCM via CAN communication:
- BSW indicator signal and BSW indicator dimmer signal transmission to side radar. P
- Buzzer signal transmission to warning buzzer.
• Side radar transmits an indicator operation signal to the BSW indicator according to BSW indicator signal
and BSW indicator dimmer signal.
Operation Condition of BSW System
ADAS control unit performs the control when the following conditions are satisfied.
• When the warning systems switch in turned ON.
• When the vehicle drives at approximately 32 km/h (20 MPH) or more to the forward direction.

SYSTEM
NOTE:
• After the operating conditions of warning are satisfied, the warning continues until the vehicle speed reaches
approximately 29 km/h (18 MPH)
• The BSW system may not function properly, depending on the situation. Refer to DAS-417, "Precautions for
Blind Spot Warning".
BULB CHECK ACTION AND FAIL-SAFE INDICATION
Warning systems
Vehicle condition/Driver′s operation BSW indicator Indication on the combination meter
ON indicator
Ignition switch:
OFF ⇒ ON
Approx. 2 sec. ON Approx. 5 sec. ON*
JSOIA0374GB
When DTC is detected OFF ON
JSOIA0254GB
*1
Side radar is factory-default mode con-

OFF —
ditionNOTE
JSOIA0255GB
*
2
When radar blockage is detected OFF ON
JSOIA0255GB
*: If BSW initial state is ON, warning systems ON indicator continues turned ON.
NOTE:
• The condition is seen regardless BSW system status (ON/OFF).
• If either of the side radars is in factory-default mode, the BSW warning lamp blinks.
• New side radars are in factory-default mode.

SYSTEM
*1: Blinking cycle when the side radar is in factory-default mode condition
A
E
JSOIA0256GB
NOTE:
Time shown in the figure is approximate time. F
*2: Blinking cycle when the side radar blockage condition
JSOIA0358GB K
NOTE:
Time shown in the figure is approximate time.
BSW INITIAL STATE CHANGE L
CAUTION:
Never change BSW initial state “ON” ⇒ “OFF” without the consent of the customer.
BSW initial state can be changed. M
• BSW initial ON* - BSW function is automatically turned ON, when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
• BSW initial OFF - BSW function is still OFF when the ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON.
*: Factory setting
N
2. Warning systems switch is OFF.
DAS
state changes completed.
P

SYSTEM

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
Low-pitched
tone
Fail-safe (Side Radar) INFOID:0000000006223853

If a malfunction occurs in the side radar, ADAS control unit cancels the control. Then the BSW warning lamp in
the combination meter illuminates.
TEMPORARY DISABLED STATUS AT BLOCKAGE
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily cancelled. Then BSW warning lamp in combina-
tion meter blinks. Also, under the following conditions, the operation may be temporarily cancelled.
• The side radar may be blocked by temporary ambient conditions such as splashing water, mist or fog.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.

OPERATION
OPERATION
A
D
JSOIA0277ZZ
E
No. Name Function
1 Warning systems switch Turns BSW, LDW, and FCW systems ON/OFF
F
System Display and Warning INFOID:0000000006223855
INDICATOR AND WARNING LAMP G
JSOIA0375ZZ J
No. Name Description

• Turns ON while FCW/LDW/BSW system is ON K
1 Warning systems ON indicator
• Blinks when initial setting of FCW/LDW/BSW system changes
• Turns ON when BSW system is malfunctioning
• Blinks when the following conditions: L
2 BSW warning lamp
- Side radar is factory-default mode condition
- When radar blockage is detected
DISPLAY AND WARNING OPERATION M
Vehicle condition/ Driver's operation Action

Status of ve-
N
Warning Vehicle speed hicle detec-
Turn signal Indication on the
systems ON (Approx.) tion within Buzzer
condition BSW indicator
indicator [km/h (MPH)] detection DAS
area
OFF — — — OFF OFF

OPERATION
Status of ve-
indicator [km/h (MPH)] detection
area
Less than ap-
prox. — — OFF OFF
29 (18)
Vehicle is
— OFF OFF
absent
Vehicle is
OFF ON OFF
detected
Blink Short continuous beep
Before turn
signal oper-
ON ates
Approx. Vehicle is
32 (20) detected
or more ON
(vehicle de- JSOIA0251GB JSOIA0252GB
tected direc- Blink

tion)
Vehicle is
detected af-
OFF
ter turn sig-
nal operates
JSOIA0251GB
NOTE:
• If vehicle speed exceeds approximately 32 km/h (20MPH), BSW function operates until the vehicle speed becomes lower than
approximately 29km/h (18MPH).
• Time shown in the figure is approximate time.

HANDLING PRECAUTION
HANDLING PRECAUTION
A
Precautions for Blind Spot Warning INFOID:0000000006223856
SIDE RADAR HANDLING B

• Side radar for BSW system is located inside the rear bumper.
• Always keep the rear bumper near the side radar clean.
• Do not attach a sticker (including transparent material), install an accessory or paintwork near the side radar. C
• Do not strike or damage the areas around the side radar.
• Do not strike, damage, and scratch the side radar, especially the vent seal (gray circular) area, under repair.
PRECAUTIONS FOR BLIND SPOT WARNING D
• The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and are not designed to prevent contact
with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the
direction driver will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.
E
• The BSW system may not provide a warning for vehicles that pass through the detection zone quickly.
• Do not use the BSW system when towing a trailer because the system may not function properly.
• Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard. F
• The side radar may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
- Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles.
G
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when driver accelerate from a stop.
- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as vehicle.
- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind. H
- A vehicle which vehicle overtakes rapidly.
• Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the side radar to detect other vehicles.
• The side radar detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the I
side radar may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the side radar may
detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
• The side radar are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls,
foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operating condition. J
DAS

DESCRIPTION
JSOIA0271GB
METHOD OF STARTING
CAUTION:
• ICC system OFF
• DCA system OFF
NOTE:
PKIB8371E
JSOIA0008GB
NOTE:


nosis Function"
ECM malfunction
E

H
NOTE:
NOTE:
K
L
APPLICATION ITEMS
M
Active Test
the load
DAS
P
WORK SUPPORT


tems
NOTE:

OPERATING WIPER ×
OP SW DOUBLE
TOUCH
MPH)

INCHING LOST ×
nication
C
APA HI TEMP ×
high
D
× ×
COMM ERR sor
F

G
I
L
N
P
NO RECORD —

DATA MONITOR

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
× × × ×
× ×
× ×
× ×
×
CRUISE OPE
[On/Off]
× × × ×
× × × ×
×
SET DISTANCE
[Short/Mid/Long]
CRUISE LAMP
[On/Off]
OWN VHCL
[On/Off]
VHCL AHEAD
[On/Off]
ICC WARNING
[On/Off]
VHCL SPEED SE
[km/h] or [mph]
SET VHCL SPD
[km/h] or [mph]
BUZZER O/P
[On/Off]
THRTL SENSOR NOTE:
× ×
×
×
YAW RATE NOTE:
×
BA WARNING
[On/Off]
STP LMP DRIVE
[On/Off]
D RANGE SW
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
×
PKB SW
[On/Off]
PWR SUP MONI
[V] D
VHCL SPD AT
[km/h] or [mph]
E
THRTL OPENING
[%]
tion).
F
×
× G
SET DISP IND
[On/Off]
DISTANCE H
[m]
RELATIVE SPD
[m/s] I
× × ×
DCA ON IND J
[On/Off]
×
IBA SW
[On/Off]
FCW SYSTEM ON L
[On/Off]
APA TEMP
[°C]
APA PWR
[V]
N
LDW SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
DAS
LDW ON LAMP
[On/Off]
LDP ON IND
[On/Off]
LANE DPRT W/L
[On/Off]
LDW BUZER OUT-
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
LDP SYSTEM ON
[On/Off]
WARN REQ
[On/Off]
READY signal
[On/Off]
Camera lost
Shift position
[Off, P, R, N, D, M/T1 - × ×
7]
Turn signal
[OFF/LH/RH/LH&RH]
tion)
× ×
STATUS signal
Off]
Lane unclear
× × cation
[On/Off]
nication)
FUNC ITEM
[FUNC1]
× × × ×
FUNC ITEM (NV-
NOTE:
DCA) × × × ×
[Off]
DCA SELECT
[On/Off]
navigation system
LDP SELECT
[On/Off]
system
BSI SELECT NOTE:
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
× × × ×
WARN SYS SW
[On/Off]
BSW/BSI WARN LMP
[On/Off]

(LDW/LDP)
(BSW/BSI)
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
MAIN SIG
ALL SIG
A
(ICC)
(ICC)
Monitored item
Description
[Unit]
BSW SYSTEM ON B
[On/Off]
× × ×
ACTIVE TEST
CAUTION:
- BSW warning lamp
F
METER LAMP G
STOP LAMP
can be illuminated
H
LDP BUZZER
WARNING SYSTEM IND
METER LAMP N
NOTE:
DAS


Oper-
ation
Off OFF
CAN communication
STOP LAMP
Oper-
ation
Off OFF
ICC BUZZER

sound
ICC BUZZER
Reset —
the test
BRAKE ACTUATOR
NOTE:

MODE1 10 bar
communication
MODE3 30 bar
Reset —
NOTE:
PKIB1767J

Active Pedal
CAUTION: A
B
NOTE:
C
MODE1
for 8 seconds D
MODE2
MODE3
8 seconds
MODE4
8 seconds F
Test start —
“MODE4”
Reset
—
G
NOTE: H
K
JPOIA0061GB
DCA INDICATOR
NOTE: L
Test item
Opera-
M
tion
Off —
DCA INDICATOR
On ON
LDP BUZZER DAS
Opera-
tion P
Off —
LDP BUZZER test
WARNING SYSTEM IND

Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
LDP ON IND
Oper-
ation
Off —
low to end the test
LDP ON IND
On ON
LANE DEPARTURE W/L
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON
Oper-
ation
Off —
On ON

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR LH)
A
CONSULT-III Function (SIDE RADAR LEFT) INFOID:0000000006223859
DESCRIPTION B
CONSULT-III performs the following functions by communicating with the side radar LH.
Select diag mode Function C

Work support Switches mode of the side radars to normal usage mode/factory-default mode the detection function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays memorized DTC in the side radar.
D
Data Monitor Displays real-time data of side radar.
Active Test Enables operation check of electrical loads by sending driving signal to them.
Ecu Identification Displays part number of side radar. E
WORK SUPPORT
Work support item Display item Function F

Switches mode of the side radars from normal usage mode to factory-default
Deactivat
mode to deactivate the side radar detection function.
ACTIVATE OPERATION G
Switches mode of the side radars from factory-default mode to normal usage
Activate
mode to activate the side radar detection function.
NOTE:
H
New side radars are in factory-default mode.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I

Displays memorized DTC in side radar LH. Refer to DAS-447, "DTC Index".
J
The side radar records the following data when the malfunction is detected.
Freeze Frame Data item Description K

VHCL SP from ADAS The vehicle speed (from ADAS control unit) at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
TURN SIG STATUS Turn signal status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
L
DATA MONITOR
M
Monitored Item [unit] Description
NOTE:
BEAM DISTANCE —
The item is displayed, but it is not used.
N
NOTE:
BEAM POSITION —
Off Side radar is normal.
SIDE RADAR MALF DAS
On Side radar is malfunctioning.
Off Side radar is not blocked.
BLOCKAGE COND
On Side radar is blocked. P
Off Side radar is factory-default mode (“Deactivat” condition).
ACTIVATE OPE
On Side radar is normal usage mode (“Activate” condition).
Off Does not detect a vehicle within detection area.
VEHICLE DETECT
On Detects a vehicle within detection area.
ACTIVE TEST

CAUTION:
• Active test cannot be started while the BSW indicator is illuminated.
BSW/BSI INDICATOR On Outputs the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator.

DRIVE Off Stops the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator.

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (SIDE RADAR RH)
A
CONSULT-III Function (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) INFOID:0000000006223860
DESCRIPTION B
CONSULT-III performs the following functions by communicating with the side radar RH.
Select diag mode Function C

Work support Switches mode of the side radars to normal usage mode/factory-default mode the detection function.
Self Diagnostic Result Displays memorized DTC in the side radar.
D
Data Monitor Displays real-time data of side radar.
Active Test Enables operation check of electrical loads by sending driving signal to them.
Ecu Identification Displays part number of side radar. E
WORK SUPPORT
Work support item Display item Function F

Switches mode of the side radars from normal usage mode to factory-default
Deactivat
mode to deactivate the side radar detection function.
ACTIVATE OPERATION G
Switches mode of the side radars from factory-default mode to normal usage
Activate
mode to activate the side radar detection function.
NOTE:
H
New side radars are in factory-default mode.
SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT I

Displays memorized DTC in side radar RH. Refer to DAS-447, "DTC Index".
J
The side radar records the following data when the malfunction is detected.
Freeze Frame Data item Description K

VHCL SP from ADAS The vehicle speed (from ADAS control unit) at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
TURN SIG STATUS Turn signal status at the moment a malfunction is detected is displayed
L
DATA MONITOR
M
Monitored Item [unit] Description
NOTE:
BEAM DISTANCE —
N
NOTE:
BEAM POSITION —
Off Side radar is normal.
SIDE RADAR MALF DAS
On Side radar is malfunctioning.
Off Side radar is not blocked.
BLOCKAGE COND
On Side radar is blocked. P
Off Side radar is factory-default mode (“Deactivat” condition).
ACTIVATE OPE
On Side radar is normal usage mode (“Activate” condition).
Off Does not detect a vehicle within detection area.
VEHICLE DETECT
On Detects a vehicle within detection area.
ACTIVE TEST

CAUTION:
• Active test cannot be started while the BSW indicator is illuminated.
BSW/BSI INDICATOR On Outputs the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator.

DRIVE Off Stops the voltage to illuminate the BSW indicator.

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
< ECU DIAGNOSIS INFORMATION > [BSW]

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B

C
E
I
Idling On J
ICC system ON K
SET DISTANCE
ting L
ICC system ON
On
CRUISE LAMP M
Off
ICC system ON
On N
OWN VHCL
Off
Off
On
ICC WARNING
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Displays the ve-
hicle speed cal-
ADAS control
unit
Displays the set
vehicle speed
• DCA system On
• FCW system
• IBA system
• DCA system Off
• FCW system
• IBA system
NOTE:
THRTL SENSOR 0.0
Equivalent to ta-
ing
NOTE:
YAW RATE 0.0

On
mode
Off
or manual mode
Off
“P”
Power supply
voltage value of
ADAS control
unit
Value of A/T ve-
sor signal
Displays the
throttle position

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Displays the
GEAR While driving
gear position
B
MODE SIG vated
MAIN switch
ASCD C
activated
SET DISP IND
Displays the dis-
control mode cle
F
G
DCA system OFF H
On
Off
DCA VHL AHED
On
On
Off
Display the ac-
celerator pedal M
grated motor
temperature
N
Power supply
voltage value of
accelerator ped-
al actuator DAS
On
Off

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
LDP ON IND
ON)

LDW BUZER OUT-
PUT
system ate
Off
• LDW/LDP system
• BSW system
LDP SYSTEM ON
ON)
READY signal
ON)
Shift position
Turn signal

WARN REQ
STATUS signal
FUNC ITEM (NV-
DCA)
On
is ON
Off
is OFF

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
On
system is ON
Off B
system is OFF
NOTE:
BSI SELECT Off
NOTE: C
NAVI ICC SELECT Off
NOTE:
NAVI DCA SELECT Off
On
normally
Off
switched normally
G
On
Off
TERMINAL LAYOUT J
PHYSICAL VALUES
JSOIA0213ZZ
M
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ − Signal name
Output
Ignition 12 V
Input switch
ON 0V
switch is pressed
Ignition 12 V
3 not pressed
ON 0V
pressed
Ignition 0V
Output switch
ON 12 V
cator OFF
Ignition — 12 V
(R) drive signal 0V
Ground Ignition
6
(B)
ON
7
(L)
8
(Y)

12
(G/R) 12 V
ON ating
14
CAN -H — — — —
(L)
15
CAN -L — — — —
(P)
16
(W/G)

High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone
High-pitched
tone

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
A
Low-pitched
tone
B

D
1
2 E
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
• C1A24: NP RANGE
• C1A35: APA CIR
NOTE:

ADAS CONTROL UNIT
B
G

BSW warning lamp

H
System
CONSULT-III
display

J
K
LASER BEAM OFFCN-
TR
N
ICC SENSOR HIGH
TEMP
CAN TRANSMISSION
C1A33 33 ON A, B, E CCS-118
ERR

ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp
System
CONSULT-III
display

C1A39 39 STRG SEN CIR ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G DAS-477
CAM ABNRML TMP DE-
TCT
NO DTC IS
DETECTED.
NO DTC IS DETECTED.
FURTHER
TESTING
MAY BE REQUIRED
MAY BE RE-
QUIRED
ICC SENSOR CAN
U0235 144 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-137
CIRC 1


ADAS CONTROL UNIT

BSW warning lamp

D
System
CONSULT-III
display
E
F
G
ICC SEN CAN COMM
U1502 147 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-152
CIR
H
LOST COMM (SIDE
U1507 154 ON G DAS-506
RDR R)
LOST COMM (SIDE J
U1508 155 ON G DAS-507
RDR L)
L
U1514 164 STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3 ON ON ON A, B, C, D, E, G DAS-509
ICC SENSOR CAN
U1515 165 ON ON A, B, C, D, E CCS-155 N
CIRC 3
DAS
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC
U1519 169 ON G DAS-511
3
P
NOTE:

SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH

CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
NOTE:
BEAM DISTANCE —
NOTE:
BEAM POSITION —
Side radar is normal. Off
SIDE RADAR MALF
Side radar is malfunctioning. On
Side radar is not blocked. Off
BLOCKAGE COND
Side radar is blocked. On
When the side radar is factory-default mode. (“Deactivate” condition) Off
ACTIVATE OPE
When the side radar is normal usage mode. (“Activate” condition) On
Side radar does not detect a vehicle. Off
VEHICLE DETECT
Side radar detects a vehicle. On
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSOIA0244ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
2
(B)
3
— ITS communication-L — — —
(Y)
4
— ITS communication-H — — —
(L)
5
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON —
(W/G)
6 Approx. 2 sec. after ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON
Ground BSW indicator Output 6V
(BR) (bulb check)

the combination meter illuminates.

SIDE RADAR LH
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily cancelled. Then BSW warning lamp in combina- A
tion meter blinks. Also, under the following conditions, the operation may be temporarily cancelled.
• The blocked condition may also be caused by objects such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar. B
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority C
chart.

D
1
• U0104: ADAS CAN CIR 1 E
2
• U0405: ADAS CAN CIR 2
3 C1B50: SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION
• C1B51: BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR F
4 • C1B52: BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR
• C1B55: RADAR BLOCKAGE
DTC Index INFOID:0000000006223868 G
×: Applicable
DTC BSW warning lamp Fail-safe Reference page H
C1B50 SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION ON × DAS-478
C1B51 BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR ON × DAS-479
C1B52 BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR ON × DAS-480 I
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE Blink × DAS-484
J
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × DAS-488
U0405 ADAS CAN CIR2 ON × DAS-495 K
DAS

SIDE RADAR RH
SIDE RADAR RH

CONSULT-III MONITOR ITEM
NOTE:
BEAM DISTANCE —
NOTE:
BEAM POSITION —
Side radar is normal. Off
SIDE RADAR MALF
Side radar is malfunctioning. On
Side radar is not blocked. Off
BLOCKAGE COND
Side radar is blocked. On
When the side radar is factory-default mode. (“Deactivate” condition) Off
ACTIVATE OPE
When the side radar is normal usage mode. (“Activate” condition) On
Side radar does not detect a vehicle. Off
VEHICLE DETECT
Side radar detects a vehicle. On
TERMINAL LAYOUT
JSOIA0244ZZ
PHYSICAL VALUES
Terminal No.
Description
(Wire color) Value
Condition
Input/ (Approx.)
+ – Signal name
Output
1
Ground Right/Left switching signal Input — 0V
(B/Y)
2
(B)
3
— ITS communication-L — — —
(Y)
4
— ITS communication-H — — —
(L)
5
Ground Ignition power supply Input Ignition switch ON —
(W/G)
6 Approx. 2 sec. after ignition switch OFF ⇒ ON
Ground BSW indicator Output 6V
(L/R) (bulb check)

SIDE RADAR RH
the combination meter illuminates. A
When the side radar is blocked, the operation is temporarily cancelled. Then BSW warning lamp in combina-
tion meter blinks. Also, under the following conditions, the operation may be temporarily cancelled. B
C
If some DTCs are displayed at the same time, perform inspections one by one based on the following priority
chart. D
1
• U1000: CAN COMM CIRCUIT E
2
F
3 C1B50: SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION
• C1B51: BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR
4 • C1B52: BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR G
• C1B55: RADAR BLOCKAGE
H
×: Applicable
DTC BSW warning lamp Fail-safe Reference page
C1B50 SIDE RDR MALFUNCTION ON × DAS-478 I
C1B51 BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR ON × DAS-479
C1B52 BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR ON × DAS-480
J
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE Blink × DAS-484
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) ON × DAS-488 K
L
DAS

< WIRING DIAGRAM > [BSW]
WIRING DIAGRAM
JCOWM0352GB

DAS
JCOWM0353GB

JCOWM0354GB

DAS
JCOWM0355GB

JCOWM0356GB

DAS
JCOWM0357GB

JCOWM0358GB

DAS
JCOWM0359GB

JCOWM0360GB

DAS
JCOWM0361GB

JCOWM0362GB

DAS
JCOWM0363GB

JCOWM0364GB

DAS
JCOWM0365GB

JCOWM0366GB

< BASIC INSPECTION > [BSW]
BASIC INSPECTION A
B
OVERALL SEQUENCE
C
DAS
P
JPOIA0171GB
DETAILED FLOW
about the concerns carefully and understand the symptoms fully.
NOTE:

The customers are not professionals. Never assume that “maybe the customer means···” or “maybe the cus-
>> GO TO 2.
2. Check if the DTC is detected on the self-diagnosis results of “SIDE RADAR LEFT/RIGHT” and/or “ICC/
ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.PRE-INSPECTION FOR DIAGNOSIS
Perform pre-inspection for diagnosis. Refer to DAS-466, "Inspection Procedure".
>> GO TO 4.
4.ACTION TEST
Perform BSW system action test to check the operation status. Refer to DAS-468, "Description".
Check if any other malfunctions occur.
>> GO TO 6.
1. Check the DTC in the self-diagnosis results.
2. Perform trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-445, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR LEFT) or
DAS-447, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) and/or DAS-440, "DTC Index" (ICC/ADAS).
NOTE:
If “DTC: U1000” is detected, first diagnose the CAN communication system or ITS communication system.
>> GO TO 7.
6.SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS
Perform the applicable diagnosis according to the diagnosis chart by symptom. Refer to DAS-521, "Symptom
Table".
>> GO TO 7.
7.MALFUNCTIONING PART REPAIR
>> GO TO 8.
8.REPAIR CHECK (SELF-DIAGNOSIS WITH CONSULT-III)
3. Check if any DTC is detected in self-diagnosis results of “SIDE RADAR LEFT/RIGHT” and “ICC/ADAS”.
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 9.
Perform the BSW system action test. Check that the malfunction symptom is solved or no other symptoms
occur.
Is there a malfunction symptom?
YES >> GO TO 4.

A
DAS

1.CHECK REAR BUMPER NEAR THE SIDE RADAR

Are rear bumper near the side radar contaminated with foreign materials?
YES >> Clean the rear bumper.
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR AND THE SIDE RADAR OUTSKIRTS
Are side radar and the side radar outskirts contaminated with foreign materials?
YES >> Clean the side radar or side radar outskirts.
NO >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE RADAR INSTALLATION CONDITION
Check side radar installation condition (installation position, properly tightened, a bent bracket).
Is it properly installed?
NO >> Install side radar properly.

ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SIDE RADAR
ADDITIONAL SERVICE WHEN REPLACING SIDE RADAR
A
• After replacing the side radar, activate (normal usage mode) it in work support mode with CONSLUT-III. B
• If both side radars are not brought into the normal usage mode, BSW does not operate and the BSW warn-
ing lamp blinks.
Work Procedure INFOID:0000000006223877 C
1.ACTIVATE OPERATION
1. Select “WORK SUPPORT” item “ACTIVATE OPERATION” of SIDE RADAR (LEFT, RIGHT) with CON- D
SULT-III.
2. Select “Activate”.
3. Check that “DATA MONITOR” item “ACTIVATE OPE” is changed to “On”. E
>> GO TO 2. F
2. Perform the self-diagnosis of side radar with CONSULT-III. Check if any DTC is detected. G
YES >> Perform the trouble diagnosis for the detected DTC. Refer to DAS-447, "DTC Index".
NO >> GO TO 3. H
3.BSW WARNING LAMP CHECK

1. Perform the BSW system action test. Refer to DAS-468, "Description". I
2. Check that BSW system operates normally.
>> WORK END J
DAS

ACTION TEST
ACTION TEST
Always perform the BSW system action test to check that the system operates normally after replacing the
side radar LH/RH, or repairing any BSW system malfunction.
WARNING:
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-407, "Precaution for BSW System Service".
• System description: Refer to DAS-410, "System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-522, "Description".
WARNING:
CAUTION:
Fully understand the following items well before the road test;
• Precautions: Refer to DAS-407, "Precaution for BSW System Service".
• System description: Refer to DAS-410, "System Description".
• Normal operating condition: Refer to DAS-522, "Description".
1.BSW SYSTEM ACTION TEST
1. Drive the vehicle.
2. Turn warning systems switch ON (warning systems ON indicator is ON).
3. Check BSW operation according to the following table.

Status of ve-
indicator [km/h (MPH)] detection
area
OFF — — — OFF OFF
Less than ap-
prox. — — OFF OFF
29 (18)
Vehicle is
— OFF OFF
absent
Vehicle is
OFF ON OFF
detected
Blink Short continuous beep
Before turn
signal oper-
ON ates
Approx. Vehicle is
32 (20) detected
or more ON
(vehicle de- JSOIA0251GB JSOIA0252GB
tected direc- Blink

tion)
Vehicle is
detected af-
OFF
ter turn sig-
nal operates
JSOIA0251GB

ACTION TEST
NOTE:
• If vehicle speed exceeds approximately 32 km/h (20MPH), BSW function operates until the vehicle speed becomes lower than A
approximately 29km/h (18MPH).
• Time shown in the figure is approximate time.
B
>> INSPECTION END
DAS

C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
< DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS > [BSW]
DTC/CIRCUIT DIAGNOSIS
C1A00 CONTROL UNIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
C1A00
(0)


Check if any DTC other than “C1A00” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

A
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
D

2. Turn the BSW system ON.
ADAS”. G
I
Diagnosis Procedure". J
NO >> Repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. K
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
(On board DTC detecting condition Possible causes
name
display)
If the vehicle speed signal (wheel speed) from • Wheel speed sensor
C1A03 VHCL SPEED SE ABS actuator and electric unit (control unit) re- • ABS actuator and electric unit (control
(3) CIRC ceived by the ADAS control unit via CAN com- unit)
munication, are inconsistent • ADAS control unit
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A03” is detected along with DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “C1A04”.
CAUTION:
YES-1 (BSW warning lamp: ON)>>Refer to DAS-472, "Diagnosis Procedure".
YES-2 (BSW warning lamp: OFF)>>Refer to CCS-87, "Diagnosis Procedure".

Check if “C1A04” or “U1000” is detected other than “C1A03” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
C1A15 GEAR POSITION
A
ADAS control unit judges the gear position based on the following signals. B
(control unit) via CAN communication. C
D
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis E
name
play)
• Input speed sensor F
(15) sensor)
• TCM
G
NOTE:
“C1A03”, or “C1A04”.
H
• Refer to CCS-89, "DTC Logic" for DTC “C1A04”.
I
1. Start the engine. J
CAUTION: K
6. Check if “C1A15” is detected as the current malfunction in the “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. L
NO >> Refer to GI-40, "Intermittent Incident". M
N
ADAS”. DAS
DAS-440, "DTC Index". P
NO >> GO TO 2.
CAUTION:

C1A15 GEAR POSITION
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> GO TO 7.
CAUTION:
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK GEAR POSITION SIGNAL
YES >> GO TO 5.
NO >> GO TO 6.
NO >> GO TO 6.
TM-78, "DTC Index".

C1A24 NP RANGE
C1A24 NP RANGE
A
DTC
play)
NP RANGE D
NOTE:
If DTC “C1A24” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-486, E
F
2. Turn the BSW system ON. G
5. Check if the “C1A24” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. H
NO >> GO TO 2. I
2. Perform “All DTC Reading”. J
YES >> Refer to DAS-475, "Diagnosis Procedure". K
L
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1A24” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. M
Refer to DAS-486, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic". N
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check that “NP RANGE SW” operates normally in “DATA MONITOR” of “ICC/ADAS”. DAS
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". P

NO >> GO TO 4.

C1A24 NP RANGE
4.PERFORM TCM SELF-DIAGNOSIS

TM-78, "DTC Index".

A
DTC
play)
C1A39
STRG SEN CIR If the steering angle sensor is malfunction Steering angle sensor
(39)
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “C1A39” is detected as the current malfunction in self-diagnosis results of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
DAS

C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION
C1B50 SIDE RADAR MALFUNCTION
DTC LOGIC INFOID:0000000006223893
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

SIDE RDR MALFUNC-
C1B50 Side radar malfunction Side radar
TION

3. Check if the “C1B50” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is the “C1B50” detected as the current malfunction?
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULT

Check if any DTC other than “C1B50” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR LEFT/RIGHT”
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunction part. Refer to DAS-
447, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT) or DAS-445, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR LEFT).
NO >> Replace the side radar. Refer to DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".

C1B51 BSW/BSI INDICATOR SHORT CIRCUIT
C1B51 BSW/BSI INDICATOR SHORT CIRCUIT
A

C
• BSW indicator circuit
Short circuit in BSW indicator circuit is detected. (Over cur-
C1B51 BSW/BSI IND SHORT CIR • BSW indicator
rent is detected)
• Side radar
D
1. Start the engine. E
RIGHT/LEFT”. F
NO >> INSPECTION END G
1.CHECK BSW INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR SHORT H

2. Disconnect side radar harness connector and BSW indicator harness connector.
3. Check continuity between side radar harness connector and ground. I
Side radar
Continuity J
Connector Terminal
Ground
B74 (LH)
6 Not existed
B243 (RH) K
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. L
2.REPLACE THE SIDE RADAR

1. Replace the side radar. M
3. Check if the “C1B51” is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT/LEFT”
Is the DTC “C1B51” detected? N
YES >> Replace the side radar. Refer to DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".
DAS

C1B52 BSW/BSI INDICATOR OPEN CIRCUIT
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

• BSW indicator circuit
C1B52 BSW/BSI IND OPEN CIR Open circuit in BSW indicator circuit is detected. • BSW indicator
• Side radar

RIGHT/LEFT”.
1.CHECK BSW INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN 1

2. Disconnect side radar harness connector and BSW indicator harness connector.
3. Check continuity between side radar harness connector and BSW indicator harness connector.
Side radar BSW indicator

Continuity

B74 (LH) D73 (LH)
6 1 Existed
B243 (RH) D74 (RH)
YES >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK BSW INDICATOR CIRCUIT FOR OPEN 2
Check continuity between BSW indicator harness connector and ground.
BSW indicator
Continuity
Connector Terminal
Ground
D73 (LH)
4 Existed
D74 (RH)
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK SIDE RADAR VOLTAGE OUTPUT
1. Connect side radar harness connector.
2. Check voltage between BSW indicator harness connector and ground.

BSW indicator Voltage

A
Condition
Connector Terminal (Approx.)
Ground
D73 (LH) Ignition switch
1 OFF ⇒ ON 6V B
D74 (RH) (Approx. 2 sec.)
C
YES >> Replace BSW indicator.
NO >> Replace side radar. Refer to DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".
DAS

C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION
C1B53 SIDE RADAR RIGHT MALFUNCTION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
C1B53 ADAS control unit detects that side radar RH has
SIDE RDR R MALF Side radar RH
(84) a malfunction.


Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1B53” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT”.
DAS-447, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT).

C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION
C1B54 SIDE RADAR LEFT MALFUNCTION
A
DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause C
display)
C1B54 ADAS control unit detects that side radar LH has
SIDE RDR L MALF Side radar LH
(85) a malfunction. D
1.PERFORM DTC CONFIRMATION PROCEDURE E
YES >> Refer to DAS-483, "Diagnosis Procedure". G
H
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “C1B54” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” detected? I
NO >> GO TO 2. J
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR LEFT”. K
DAS-445, "DTC Index" (SIDE RADAR LEFT). L
DAS

C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC No. Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible cause
Stain or foreign materials is deposit-
C1B55 RADAR BLOCKAGE Side radar is blocked.
ed.
NOTE:
DTC “C1B55” may be detected under the following conditions except for possible cause. (Explain to the customer about the difference
between the contamination detection function and the indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them “This is not malfunc-
tion”.)
• Due to the nature of radar technology it is possible to get a blockage warning and not actually be blocked. This is rare and is known as
a false blockage warning. A false blocked condition either self-clears or clears after an ignition cycle.
1.CHECK THE REAR BUMPER

Check rear bumper near the side radar contaminated with foreign materials.
>> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK THE SIDE RADAR
Check side radar and the side radar outskirts contaminated with foreign materials.
>> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK THE SIDE RADAR INSTALL CONDITION
Check side radar installation condition (installation position, properly tightened, a bent bracket).
>> GO TO 4.
4.INTERVIEW
1. Ask if there is stain or foreign materials.
2. Ask if there is any temporary ambient condition such as splashing water, mist or fog.
3. Ask if there is any object such as ice, frost or dirt obstructing the side radar.
Is any of above conditions seen?
YES >> Explain to the customer about the difference between the blockage detection function and the
indication when the malfunction is detected and tell them “This is not malfunction”.

A
SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH : Description INFOID:0000000006223905
B
CAN COMMUNICATION
tiplex communication line with high data communication speed and excellent error detection ability. Modern C
with 2 communication lines (CAN-H, CAN-L) allowing a high rate of information transmission with less wiring. D
tion Signal Chart".
E
ITS COMMUNICATION
F
SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223906
G
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes H

If Side radar LH is not transmitting or receiving ITS
communication signal for 2 seconds or more
I
SIDE RADAR LH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223907
1.PERFORM THE SELF-DIAGNOSIS J

2. Turn the BSW system ON, and then wait for 2 seconds or more.
4. Check if the “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR K
LEFT”.
L
SIDE RADAR RH
M
SIDE RADAR RH : Description INFOID:0000000006223908
CAN COMMUNICATION N
vehicle is equipped with many electronic control units, and each control unit shares information and links with DAS
CAN communication signal chart. Refer to LAN-28, "CAN COMMUNICATION SYSTEM : CAN Communica- P
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION

SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223909
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If Side radar RH is not transmitting or receiving
ITS communication signal for 2 seconds or more
SIDE RADAR RH : Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223910

4. Check if the “U1000” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT”.
ADAS CONTROL UNIT
CAN COMMUNICATION
tion Signal Chart".
ITS COMMUNICATION
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
display)
NOTE:


YES >> Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart". A
DAS

SIDE RADAR LH
SIDE RADAR LH : Description INFOID:0000000006223914
SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223915
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If side radar LH detects malfunction by CAN controller initial
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Side radar LH
diagnosis.

LEFT”.
YES >> Replace the side radar LH. DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".
SIDE RADAR RH
SIDE RADAR RH : Description INFOID:0000000006223917
SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Logic INFOID:0000000006223918
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

If Side radar RH detects malfunction by CAN controller initial
U1010 CONTROL UNIT (CAN) Side radar RH
diagnosis.

RIGHT”.
YES >> Replace the side radar RH. DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".
ADAS CONTROL UNIT

A
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC B
display)
U1010 If ADAS control unit detects malfunction by C

D
1. Turn the BSW system ON. E
F
DAS

U0104 ADAS CAN 1
U0104 ADAS CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC

Side radar detected an error of ITS communication signal
U0104 ADAS CAN CIR1 ADAS control unit
that was received from ADAS control unit.
NOTE:
If DTC “U0104” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic"
(SIDE RADAR LEFT), DAS-486, "SIDE RADAR RH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT).

3. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III
4. Check if the U0104 is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”.
Is the DTC “U0104” detected?

Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U0104” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT/LEFT”.
Refer to DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR LEFT), DAS-486, "SIDE
RADAR RH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT).
NO >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Replace side radar LH or RH. Refer to DAS-523, "Removal and Installation"

U0121 VDC CAN 2
U0121 VDC CAN 2
A
DTC
play)
(127) unit) D
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U0126
(130)
CAN communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

U0401 ECM CAN 1
U0401 ECM CAN 1
A
DTC
(On board Trouble diagnosis name DTC detecting condition Possible causes C
display)
U0401
(120) D
cation
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ENGINE”. L
EC-98, "DTC Index". M
DAS

U0402 TCM CAN 1
U0402 TCM CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
Trouble diagnosis
name
play)
U0402
(122)
cation
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
TM-78, "DTC Index".

U0405 ADAS CAN 2
U0405 ADAS CAN 2
A

C
Side radar detected an error of ITS communication signal
U0405 ADAS CAN CIR2 ADAS control unit.
that was received from ADAS control unit.
NOTE:
If DTC “U0405” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000”. Refer to DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic"
D
(SIDE RADAR LEFT), DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT).

2. Turn the BSW system ON. F
3. Perform “All DTC Reading” with CONSULT-III
4. Check if the U0405 is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR
RIGHT/LEFT”. G
Is the DTC “U0405” detected?
1.CHECK SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U0405” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR RIGHT/LEFT”.
Refer to DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR LEFT), DAS-486, "SIDE
RADAR RH : DTC Logic" (SIDE RADAR RIGHT).
NO >> GO TO 2. K

Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. L
NO >> Replace side radar LH or RH. Refer to DAS-523, "Removal and Installation".
DAS

U0415 VDC CAN 1
U0415 VDC CAN 1
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
(126) unit)
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

A
DTC
play)
U0428
(131) D
CAN communication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

U150B ECM CAN 3
U150B ECM CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
ECM CAN CIRC 3 ECM
NOTE:
4. Check if the “U150B” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

NO >> GO TO 2.
EC-98, "DTC Index".

U150C VDC CAN 3
U150C VDC CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
(158) unit) D
NOTE:

I
Check if “U1000” is detected other than “U150C” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. J
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

U150D TCM CAN 3
U150D TCM CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
TCM CAN CIRC 3 TCM
NOTE:
4. Check if the “U150D” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.

NO >> GO TO 2.
TM-78, "DTC Index".

U150E BCM CAN 3
U150E BCM CAN 3
A
DTC
play)
BCM CAN CIRC 3 BCM
D
NOTE:
E
F
4. Check if the “U150E” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
NO >> GO TO 2. K
L
DAS

U1503 SIDE RDR L CAN 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1503 ADAS control unit detects an error signal that is re-
SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 2 Side radar LH
(150) ceived from side radar LH via ITS communication
NOTE:
If DTC “U1503” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, or “U1508”, first diagnose the DTC “U1000” or “U1508”.
• Refer to DAS-507, "DTC Logic" for DTC “U1508”.

Check if “U1000” or “U1508” is detected other than “U1503” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”.
Is “U1000” or “U1508” detected?
YES-1 >> U1000 detected: Perform the CAN communication system inspection. Repair or replace the mal-
functioning parts. Refer to DAS-486, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic".
YES-2 >> U1508 detected: Refer to DAS-507, "DTC Logic".
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR LH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS
Check if any DTC is detected in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “SIDE RADAR LEFT”.

A
DTC
play)
SIDE RDR L CAN CIR 1 Side radar LH
D
NOTE:
• Refer to DAS-485, "SIDE RADAR LH : DTC Logic" for DTC “U1000”.
E
I
Check if “U1000” or “U1508” is detected other than “U1504” in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. J
functioning parts. Refer to DAS-486, "ADAS CONTROL UNIT : DTC Logic". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR LH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS L
YES >> Perform diagnosis on the detected DTC and repair or replace the malfunctioning parts. Refer to M
N
DAS

U1505 SIDE RDR R CAN 2
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 2 Side radar RH
(152) ceived from side radar RH via ITS communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR RH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

A
DTC
play)
SIDE RDR R CAN CIR 1 Side radar RH
D
NOTE:
E
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR RH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS L
N
DAS

U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R)
U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR R)
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
• Side radar RH right/left switching sig-
ADAS control unit cannot receive ITS commu-
U1507 LOST COMM(SIDE nal circuit
nication signal from side radar RH for 2 sec-
(154) RDR R) • ITS communication system
onds or more
• Side radar RH
NOTE:
DTC “U1507” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1507”.
1.CHECK RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT

Check right/left switching signal circuit. Refer to DAS-514, "Diagnosis Procedure".
NO >> Repair right/left switching signal circuit.

U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L)
U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE RDR L)
A
DTC
play)
ADAS control unit cannot receive ITS commu- • Side radar LH harness connector
U1508 LOST COMM(SIDE
nication signal from side radar LH for 2 sec- • ITS communication system
(155) RDR L) D
onds or more • Side radar LH
NOTE:
DTC “U1508” is detected along with DTC “U1000”, first diagnose the DTC “U1508”.
E
F
4. Check if the “U1508” is detected as the current malfunction in “Self Diagnostic Result” of “ICC/ADAS”. G
I
1.CHECK SIDE RADAR HARNESS CONNECTOR
2. Check the terminals and connectors of the side radar LH for damage, bend and short (unit side and con- J
nector side).
Refer to LAN-18, "Trouble Diagnosis Flow Chart".
NO >> Repair the terminal or connector.
L
DAS

U1513 METER CAN 3
U1513 METER CAN 3
DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
U1513
(163)
communication
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.

A
DTC
play)
U1514
STRG SEN CAN CIRC 3 received from steering angle sensor via CAN Steering angle sensor
(165) D
communication
NOTE:

I
NO >> GO TO 2.
DAS

DTC DETECTION LOGIC
DTC
play)
SIDE RDR L CAN CIRC 3 Side radar LH
NOTE:

NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR LH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS

A
DTC
play)
SIDE RDR R CAN CIRC 3 Side radar RH
D
NOTE:
E
I
NO >> GO TO 2.
2.CHECK SIDE RADAR RH SELF-DIAGNOSIS RESULTS L
N
DAS

ADAS CONTROL UNIT

Terminal
Condition
(+) (–) Voltage
Ignition
Ground OFF 0V
ON
age
YES >> GO TO 2.
ADAS control unit

Continuity
B61 6 Existed
SIDE RADAR LH

2. Disconnect the side radar LH connector.
3. Check voltage between side radar LH harness connector and ground.
Terminals
Condition
(+) (−) Voltage
Side radar LH (Approx.)
Ignition switch
Connector Terminal
Ground
OFF 0V
B74 5
ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the side radar LH power supply circuit.
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between side radar LH harness connectors and ground.

Side radar LH A
Continuity
B74 2 Existed
B
NO >> Repair the side radar LH ground circuit. C
SIDE RADAR RH
D
1. Turn ignition switch OFF. E
2. Disconnect the side radar RH connector.
3. Check voltage between side radar RH harness connector and ground.
F
Terminals
Condition
(+) (−) Voltage
Side radar RH (Approx.) G
Ignition switch
Connector Terminal
Ground
OFF 0V
B243 5 H
ON Battery voltage
YES >> GO TO 2. I
NO >> Repair the side radar RH power supply circuit.
2.CHECK GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between side radar RH harness connectors and ground. J
Side radar RH
Continuity K
B243 2 Existed
Is the inspection result normal? L
NO >> Repair the side radar RH ground circuit.
M
DAS

RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1.CHECK CONNECTOR
2. Check the terminals and connectors of the side radar RH for damage, bend and short (unit side and con-
nector side).
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the terminal or connector.
2.CHECK CONTINUITY RIGHT/LEFT SWITCHING SIGNAL CIRCUIT
1. Disconnect side radar RH connector.
2. Check continuity between side radar RH harness connectors and ground.
Side radar RH
Continuity
B243 1 Existed

A
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH INPUT SIGNAL B

2. Select the DATA MONITOR item “WARN SYS SW” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
3. With operating the warning systems switch, check the monitor status. C
Monitor item Condition Monitor status

Warning systems switch is pressed On D
WARN SYS
SW Warning systems switch is not pressed OFF
YES >> Warning systems switch circuit is normal.
NO >> Refer to DAS-389, "Diagnosis Procedure".
Diagnosis Procedure INFOID:0000000006223972 F
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT

1. Turn the ignition switch ON. G
2. Check voltage between ADAS control unit harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
Condition
(+) (−)
Voltage
ADAS control unit Warning (Approx.) I
systems
Ground
Pressed 0V
B61 1 J
Released 12 V
YES >> Replace the ADAS control unit. Refer to DAS-63, "Removal and Installation". K
NO >> GO TO 2.
L
2. Remove warning systems switch.
3. Check warning systems switch. Refer to DAS-390, "Component Inspection".
Is the inspection result normal? M
YES >> GO TO 3.
N
3.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH GROUND CIRCUIT
Check continuity between twin switch harness connector terminal and the ground.
DAS
Twin switch
Continuity
M127 3 Existed P

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT CIRCUIT FOR OPEN

ADAS control unit Twin switch

Continuity
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS SWITCH SIGNAL INPUT CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
ADAS control unit

Continuity
B61 1 Not existed

Check continuity of warning systems switch.

When warning systems switch is pressed Existed
2 3
When warning systems switch is released Not existed
NO >> Replace warning systems switch.

A
1.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR B

2. Select the active test item “WARNING SYSTEM IND” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
On : Warning systems ON indicator illuminates

Off : Warning systems ON indicator is turned OFF D
F
1.CHECK WARNING ON INDICATOR POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect twin switch connector. G
4. Check voltage between twin switch harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
(+) (−) Voltage
Twin switch (Approx.) I
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the warning systems ON indicator power supply circuit.
K
2.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR SIGNAL FOR OPEN
2. Disconnect the ADAS control unit harness connector. L
ADAS control unit Twin switch M

Continuity
N
YES >> GO TO 3.
NO >> Repair the harnesses or connectors. DAS
3.CHECK WARNING SYSTEMS ON INDICATOR SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
P
ADAS control unit
Continuity
B61 4 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 4.

Check the warning systems ON indicator. Refer to DAS-518, "Component Inspection".
NO >> Replace warning systems switch. DAS-404, "Removal and Installation".

Apply battery voltage to warning systems switch terminals 8 and 9, and then check if the warning systems ON
indicator illuminates.
Terminals Driver warning

Condition systems ON in-
(+) (-) dicator
When the battery voltage is applied On
8 9
When the battery voltage is not applied Off

A
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER B

2. Select the active test item “LDP BUZZER” of “ICC/ADAS” with CONSULT-III.
On : Warning buzzer is activated.

Off : Warning buzzer is not activated. D
F
1.CHECK WARNING BUZZER POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT
2. Disconnect the warning buzzer connector. G
4. Check voltage between the warning buzzer harness connector and ground.
H
Terminals
(+) (−) Voltage
Warning buzzer (Approx.) I
J
YES >> GO TO 2.
NO >> Repair the warning buzzer power supply circuit.
K
2.CHECK WARNING BUZZER GROUND CIRCUIT
2. Check continuity between the warning buzzer harness connector and ground. L
Warning buzzer
Continuity M
M94 3 Existed
YES >> GO TO 3.
3.CHECK WARNING BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR OPEN DAS
2. Check continuity between the ADAS control unit harness connector and warning buzzer harness connec-
tor. P
ADAS control unit Warning buzzer

Continuity

YES >> GO TO 4.
4.CHECK WARNING BUZZER SIGNAL CIRCUIT FOR SHORT
ADAS control unit

Continuity
M61 12 Not existed
YES >> GO TO 5.
5.CHECK WARNING BUZZER OPERATION
1. Connect the warning buzzer connector.
3. Apply ground to warning buzzer terminal 2.
4. Check condition of the warning buzzer.
Does warning buzzer sound?
NO >> Replace the warning buzzer.

BSW SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BSW]
SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS A
BSW SYSTEM SYMPTOMS
B
CAUTION:
Perform the self-diagnosis with CONSULT-III before the symptom diagnosis. Perform the trouble diag-
nosis if any DTC is detected. C
NOTE:
For the operational conditions of BSW, refer to DAS-410, "System Description".
D
• ADAS control unit Active test
“BSW/BSI WARNING LAMP” E
Refer to DAS-419, "CON-
SULT-III Function (ICC/
• BSW warning lamp signal ADAS)".
(CAN) • ADAS control unit Data moni- F
BSW warning lamp (Yellow) - Combination meter tor “BSW/BSI WARN LMP”
does not illuminate - ADAS control unit Refer to DAS-419, "CON-
• BSW warning lamp (combina- SULT-III Function (ICC/
tion meter) ADAS)" G
• Combination meter Data mon-
itor “BSW W/L”
Refer to MWI-30, "CONSULT-
III Function" H
Indicator/warning lamps do not il- All of indicator/warning Power supply and ground circuit
luminate when ignition switch • Power supply and ground cir-
lamps do not illuminate; of ADAS control unit
OFF ⇒ ON. cuit of ADAS control unit
• BSW warning lamp
Refer to DAS-512, "ADAS CON- I
• Warning systems ON indi- TROL UNIT : Diagnosis Proce-
• Combination meter
cator dure"
• Harness between ADAS con- J
Warning systems ON indica- trol unit and warning systems
circuit
tor (on the warning systems switch
Refer to DAS-517, "Diagnosis
switch) does not illuminate • Warning systems switch
Procedure"
• ADAS control unit K
Perform self-diagnosis of side ra-
• Harness between side radar dar
BSW indicator does not turn and BSW indicator Refer to DAS-429, "CONSULT-III L
ON • Side radar LH/RH Function (SIDE RADAR LEFT)"
• BSW indicator or DAS-431, "CONSULT-III Func-
tion (SIDE RADAR RIGHT)".
• Harness between ADAS con- M
trol unit and waning systems
Warning systems ON indica- Warning systems ON indicator
switch
tor is not turned ON ⇔ OFF circuit
• Harness between warning
when operating warning sys-
systems switch and ground
Refer to DAS-517, "Diagnosis N
tems switch Procedure".
BSW system is not activated. • ADAS control unit
(Indicator/warning lamps illumi- • Warning systems switch
nate when ignition switch OFF ⇒ • Buzzer power supply circuit DAS
ON.) • Harness between ADAS con-
trol unit and warning buzzer Warning buzzer circuit
Buzzer is not sounding • Harness between warning Refer to DAS-519, "Diagnosis
buzzer and ground Procedure" P
• Warning buzzer

< SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS > [BSW]
PRECAUTIONS FOR BLIND SPOT WARNING (BSW)

• The BSW system is not a replacement for proper driving procedure and are not designed to prevent contact
with vehicles or objects. When changing lanes, always use the side and rear mirrors and turn and look in the
direction driver will move to ensure it is safe to change lanes. Never rely solely on the BSW system.
• The BSW system may not provide a warning for vehicles that pass through the detection zone quickly.
• Do not use the BSW system when towing a trailer because the system may not function properly.
• Excessive noise (e.g. audio system volume, open vehicle window) will interfere with the chime sound, and it
may not be heard.
• The side radar may not be able to detect and activate BSW when certain objects are present such as:
- Pedestrians, bicycles, animals.
- Several types of vehicles such as motorcycles.
- Oncoming vehicles.
- Vehicles remaining in the detection zone when driver accelerate from a stop.
- A vehicle merging into an adjacent lane at a speed approximately the same as vehicle.
- A vehicle approaching rapidly from behind.
- A vehicle which vehicle overtakes rapidly.
• Severe weather or road spray conditions may reduce the ability of the side radar to detect other vehicles.
• The side radar detection zone is designed based on a standard lane width. When driving in a wider lane, the
side radar may not detect vehicles in an adjacent lane. When driving in a narrow lane, the side radar may
detect vehicles driving two lanes away.
• The side radar are designed to ignore most stationary objects, however objects such as guardrails, walls,
foliage and parked vehicles may occasionally be detected. This is a normal operating condition.

SIDE RADAR
< REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION > [BSW]

SIDE RADAR
B
EXPLODED VIEW
C
JSOIA0379GB
1. Bracket 2. Bracket 3. Side radar LH

H
4. Bracket 5. Side radar RH 6. Bracket
A. LH side B. RH side
I
Refer to GI-4, "Components" for symbol makes in the figure.
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION

Removal J
1. Remove the side radar RH/LH together with bracket.

2. Remove the side radar connector.
K
DAS
JSOIA0280ZZ
NOTE:
This illustration is an example. P
3. Remove the mounting nuts to remove the side radar RH/LH from bracket.
Installation
Note the following, and install in the reverse order of removal.

SIDE RADAR
• Tighten mounting nuts in the numerical order as shown in the fig-
ure.
• Always lock the side radar connector.
CAUTION:
• After replacing the side radar, activate (normal usage mode) it
in work support mode. Refer to DAS-467, "Description".
JSOIA0359ZZ

BSW INDICATOR
BSW INDICATOR
A
REMOVAL AND INSTALLATION B

Removal
1. Remove the door mirror corner cover. Refer to INT-13, "Exploded View".
C
2. Remove the BSW indicator.
Installation
Install in the reverse order of removal. D
DAS

WARNING BUZZER
WARNING BUZZER
REMOVAL
2. Remove the screw.
3. Remove warning buzzer.
INSTALLATION

A
REMOVAL B
C
NOTE:
Warning systems switch and automatic back door switch are integrated.
INSTALLATION D
DAS

Das PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Das PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Das PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

CRUISE CONTROL & DRIVER ASSISTANCE

Revision: 2010 May DAS-1 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-2 2011 QX56

U0415 VDC CAN 1 .......................................... 180

Revision: 2010 May DAS-3 2011 QX56

ADAS CONTROL UNIT ...........................................184 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ........................... 197

Revision: 2010 May DAS-4 2011 QX56

ACCELERATOR PEDAL ASSEMBLY ............ 213 SYMPTOM DIAGNOSIS ............................ 268 D

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (ADAS CONTROL COMPONENT PARTS .................................... 274

Revision: 2010 May DAS-5 2011 QX56

HANDLING PRECAUTION .............................. 288 C1A01 POWER SUPPLY CIRCUIT 1, C1A02

DIAGNOSIS SYSTEM (LANE CAMERA C1A04 ABS/TCS/VDC SYSTEM ...................... 348

Revision: 2010 May DAS-6 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-7 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-8 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-9 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-10 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-11 2011 QX56

• Bypass connection is never allowed at the repaired area.

Revision: 2010 May DAS-12 2011 QX56

1. ADAS control unit

Component Description INFOID:0000000006223471

Revision: 2010 May DAS-13 2011 QX56

ADAS CONTROL UNIT INPUT/OUTPUT SIGNAL ITEM

Revision: 2010 May DAS-14 2011 QX56

Transmit unit Signal name Description A

Revision: 2010 May DAS-15 2011 QX56

Output Signal Item

Reception unit Signal name Description

ABS actuator Transmits a brake fluid pressure control signal to acti-

Revision: 2010 May DAS-16 2011 QX56

Transmits a buzzer output signal to turn ON the buzz-

Revision: 2010 May DAS-17 2011 QX56

System Buzzer Warning lamp/Indicator lamp Description

Revision: 2010 May DAS-18 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-19 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-20 2011 QX56

Assumed abnormal part Inspection item

HOW TO ERASE ON BOARD SELF-DIAGNOSIS

Revision: 2010 May DAS-21 2011 QX56

Work support items Description

Distance Control Assist

Cause of cancellation Description

The wiper operates at HI (it includes when the wiper is operated at

Revision: 2010 May DAS-22 2011 QX56

Cause of cancellation Description

SELF DIAGNOSTIC RESULT

Revision: 2010 May DAS-23 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-24 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-25 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-26 2011 QX56

Revision: 2010 May DAS-27 2011 QX56

• MAIN switch indicator

ICC warning chime operation

Test item Operation Description “PRESS SENS” value

Revision: 2010 May DAS-28 2011 QX56

LDP BUZZER DAS

WARNING SYSTEM IND

Revision: 2010 May DAS-29 2011 QX56